Fileaid Batch Reference

File-AID MVS

Batch Reference Manual

Release 8.0.2

File-AID Batch Reference Manualii

QuestionsaboutFile-AID or commentsaboutthis document should bedirected to:

File-AID Technical SupportCompuware Corporation

31440Northwestern HighwayFarmingtonHills, MI 48334-2564

1-800-538-7822

Outside the USA and Canada, please contactyour local Compuwareoffice or agent.

Copyright 1983-1997Compuware Corporation. Allrights reserved.Unpublished -rightsreservedunder the Copyright Laws of the UnitedStates.

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S.Government issubject to restrictions as setforth inCompuware Corporationlicenseagreement and as provided inDFARS 227.7202-1(a) and227.7202-3(a) (1995),DFARS 252.227-7013(c)(1)(ii)(OCT 1988), FAR 12.212(a) (1995), FAR52.227-19, or FAR 52.227-14(ALT III), as applicable. Compuware Corporation.

This material containsconfidentialinformation and tradesecrets ofCompuware Corporation.Use,disclosure, orreproduction is prohibited without theprior expresswritten permission ofCompuware Corporation.

File-AID is a registeredtrademark ofCompuware Corporation.

IBM, MVS/SP, MVS/XA, MVS/ESA, andRACF aretrademarks orregisteredtrademarks ofInternational Business Machines Corporation.

Acrobat Readercopyright 1987-1996Adobe SystemsIncorporated. Allrights reserved.Adobe and Acrobat aretrademarks ofAdobe SystemsIncorporated.

All other company or product names are thetrademarks orregisteredtrademarks of theirrespec-tive owners.

Doc. CWFARB8C MVS

November 5,1998

iii

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viiWhat's In ThisManual? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viiSystemEnvironment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viiNotation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viiiRelated Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viiiGetting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x

Chapter 1. Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Batch Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

ObsoleteData-XPERTModules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Accessing andUsing File-AID/Batch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Function andModifier Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Parameter Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8ProductCapabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Chapter 2. Product Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Coding Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Control Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

DatasetIdentifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Function/DatasetOrganizationIdentifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2ParameterIdentifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Location Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Operator Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Length Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Data Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Scanning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Dataset Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Access MethodRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9QSAM AccessRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9ISAM AccessRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9BDAM AccessRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10VSAM AccessRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11BPAM AccessRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Load ModuleCopying Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Input Dataset Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Blocked andUnblocked Datasets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Variable-Blocked-Spanned Datasets. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Proprietary Source Library Datasets . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12TapeDatasets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Variable-LengthRecordDatasets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Unit Affinity Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Output Dataset Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13JCL Required for Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Chapter 3. Functions and Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

APRINT (AP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3COMPARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

File-AID Batch Reference Manualiv

CONVERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3COPY (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4DROP (DR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5DUMP (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5FPRINT (FP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6LIST (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6PRINT (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7REFORMAT (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7RLPRINT (RLP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8SCPRINT (SCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8SPACE (S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8TALLY (T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9UPDATE (UP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9USER (US) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10VTOCDSN (VTD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12VTOCINFO (VTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12VTOCMAP (VTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13XRPRINT (XRP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

FunctionModifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13ALL (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14BACK (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14MEM (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Chapter 4. Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1ABEND (AB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4ACCUM (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7CEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7CHANGED (CHA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7CHARSET (CHAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8CREATED (CRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9DROP (DR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10DSNAME (DSN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10DUMP (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11EDIT (E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11EDITALL (EA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16ERRS (ERR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17FEOV (FE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18FORM (F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

JCL Format Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Printing FormatControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Multiple-PassProcessingControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Audit Trail Print Format Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21COMPARE FormatControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

FPRINT (FP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22IF (AND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

RecordSelection byData Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23RecordSelection by ValidNumeric or PackedData . . . . . . 4-24

IN (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25IOEXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26KEY (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Key Print Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Random KeyRecord Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28LIST (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28LPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

v

MAXENT (ME) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30MAXOUT (MO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30MBRNAME (MBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31MEMBER (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32MEMBERS (MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32MOVE (MV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Input Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Control CardData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

NEWMEM (NM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36NEWMEMS (NMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36ORIF (OR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37OUT (O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38PADCHAR (PAD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38PDSSTAT(MPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39PRINT (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39RBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40RDW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40REFOUT (RFO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41REPL (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Replace by Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Replace byCondition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Replace at AlternateLocation by Condition . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

REPLALL (RA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45RLM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46RLPRINT (RLP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46RRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47SELECT (S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47SHOW (SH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48STOP(ST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48TYPE (TYP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50USERID (USR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50VOLSER (VOL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51VOLSTAT (VST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52WRITE (W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Chapter 5. Record and Member Selection Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1ParameterProcessing Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Coding Logical AND Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Coding Logical OR Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2SelectingMembers by Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3SelectingMembers byName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3SelectingMembers byISPF Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Chapter 6. Execution Methods and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1ExecutionMethods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1TSO Execution Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2TSO InteractiveExecution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

TSO Screen Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Control Card Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3StoppingProcessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4ContinuingProcessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

OverridingSYSIN or SYSPRINT DD names . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Calling File-AID/Batch fromAnother Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Chapter 7. Output Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1SYSPRINT Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

File-AID Batch Reference Manualvi

Heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Opening Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Actions Taken Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3FunctionStatistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Accumulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6DatasetProcessingReports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Closing Message/RecordCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7AlternateDate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Data Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Block Count Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Output PDSError Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Input PDSError Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8DCB AbendLogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Open ErrorLogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9SYSPRINTVSAM Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Invalid Packed FieldError . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Control Card Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

SYSLIST Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10Heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Disk DatasetAccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11DUMP Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12PRINT Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13Output Record Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14LIST Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15FPRINT Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Changed/Truncated RecordOutput Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20VSAM DatasetRetrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20TapeDatasetBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21SequentialDataset Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

SYSTOTAL Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Accumulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Data Type Accumulations Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23NegativeAccumulation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

Chapter 8. Message Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Control Card ErrorCodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1ReturnCodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Appendix A. Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1

Appendix B. Data Format Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1

Tell Us What You Think . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-1

vii

Introduction

This manual documentseachFile-AID/Batch function.

What's In This Manual?It consists of the followingchapters and appendixes:

Chapter 1, “ProductOverview”: Explains the basiccomponents foraccessingFile-AID/Batch, the product'sgeneral capabilities and features.

Chapter 2, “ProductConventions”: Discussescontrol statements andcodingconventions,accessmethodrules, input andoutput dataset requirements, andthe job controllanguage(JCL) statements required toexecuteFile-AID/Batch.

Chapter 3, “Functions andModifiers”: Defines eachFile-AID/Batch func-tion andcorrespondingmodifiers and provides examplefunction statements.

Chapter 4, “Parameters”:Defines eachFile-AID/Batch parameter and pro-videsexamples.

Chapter 5, “Record and MemberSelection Logic”: Discusses how to definerecord andmemberselection criteria.

Chapter 6, “Execution Methods andParameters”:Describes the proceduresand screens displayed when executingFile-AID/Batch in the IBM TimeSharingOption (TSO)environment.

Chapter 7,“Output Reports”: Describes theoutput report information pro-vided after executingFile-AID/Batch.

Chapter 8,“Message Codes”:Defines the error codes andreturn codes usedin File-AID/Batch.

Appendix A, Examples: Provides example statementsthat usevarious func-tions and parameters.

Appendix B, Data FormatAbbreviations: Describes the dataformat abbrevi-ations used byFile-AID when you use theFPRINT function or parameterto print records with theSHOW=FORMAT parameter.

System EnvironmentFile-AID/SPF and File-AID/XEoperate in the IBMTime SharingOption(TSO) environment underVersion 2 Release 3 orabove of the InteractiveSystem Productivity Facility/ProgramDevelopmentFacility (ISPF/PDF).Compuwarerecommends running File-AID in aminimum regionsize of 4 MB.If File-AID is installed in theLPA, it requires aminimum regionsize ofapproximately 2 MB.

File-AID Batch Reference Manualviii

File-AID/Batch requires an IBMMVS/SP, MVS/XA, or MVS/ESAoperatingsystem.

File-AID under ROSCOErequires the installation of Release 5.4 orabove ofthe ROSCOE product with theETSO option.

If a previousrelease ofFile-AID is installed, youmust reinstall the entireFile-AID product.

Notation RulesThis manual uses thefollowing notationrules when describingFile-AID/Batchcontrol card syntax:

Parametersyntax isshown insyntax boxes. Descriptions of the parameterelements are below the syntaxbox.

All keywords are printed in uppercaseletters. Validabbreviations aregivenin parentheses in the keyword headings.Keywords (or abbreviations)mustbe spelled exactly asshown inthis manual. Forexample:SHOW=FORMAT orS H = F .

Default values are indicated in thesyntax box and the element descriptions.

Parameterelements for which you may entervalues areprinted in lowercaseletters as acontinuousstring. For example:dupl, replace-location, and new-data.

Special delimitingsymbols include commas ( , ), parentheses ( ( ) ),singlequotationmarks ( ' ' ), and doublequotationmarks ( " " ). When thesesymbols appear in parametersyntax descriptions and examples, theymust beusedexactly asshown inthis manual.

Ellipses (. . . ) that follow a term or group of terms in a statementindicatethat the term or group ofterms can be repeated one ormore times in suc-cession.

Brackets ([ ])that enclose aterm or stack of termsindicateoptional elements.

Braces ({ }) thatenclose a stack of elements indicate a requiredgroup fromwhich you must selectone. Braces are used with stacked elements forclarity;when only one element isavailable, they are not used.

For control statementexamples,information that isentered oncontrol cards isprinted in boldface in the textthat describes theexample.

The names ofspecialfunction keys on theterminal areshown ininitial upper-caseletter. For example:Enter and Attn.

Related PublicationsFile-AID MVS Online Reference Manual(SPF and XE): Detailed referencedocument forusers ofFile-AID. This manualdescribes theonline productfeatures, screens,options,fields, andcommands.

File-AID ReferenceSummary: Summary of File-AID options and com-mands. Thisreference is intended for any user ofFile-AID.

Introduction ix

File-AID User's Guide: Step-by-step procedures on how to useFile-AIDfunctions. Thisdocumentalsocontains transition information forusersupgrading from a previousFile-AID release.

File-AID SMF RecordMapping Reference JES V4: Instructions and refer-enceinformation for installing and using theFile-AID SMF Record Mappingfacility.

File-AID Training Guide: Overview ofFile-AID to first-time users. Thisguide is made availableduring theFile-AID training sessionconducted byCompuware.

IBM OS/VSVirtual Storage AccessMethod( V S A M ) Programmer's Guide:Provides a completediscussion of feedback codes forVSAM datasets.

IBM MVS/ESA JCLReference: Provides a completediscussion of JCLcoding.

FrontLine Support Web SiteYou can accessonline technicalsupport for &company. products via ourFrontLine support website. You canread ordownload documentation,fre-quently asked questions, andproduct fixes, or directly e-mail&company. withquestions or comments. ToaccessFrontLine, you mustfirst register andobtain apassword athttp://frontline.compuware.com. FrontLine iscurrentlyavailable forcustomers in the UnitedStates andCanada. FrontLine services forother countrieswill be available in the future.

Online DocumentationDocumentation for File-AID isprovided in electronicformat on the producttape and the documentationCD-ROM. These online manuals can beviewedwith any version of IBMBookManager READ or the IBMLibrary Reader.To learnmore aboutBookManager or download the freeLibrary Reader, go tohttp://booksrv2.raleigh.ibm.com.

The CD-ROM alsocontainsdocumentation in PDF and/orHTML format.PDF files can beviewed with the freeAdobe Acrobat Reader,available athttp://www.adobe.com. HTML files can beviewed with anystandard webbrowser.

World Wide WebCompuware'ssite on theWorld Wide Webprovidesinformation aboutCompuware and itsproducts. Theaddress ishttp://www.compuware.com.

File-AID/MVS Frequently Asked QuestionsFile-AID/MVS has introduced FrequentlyAsked Questions toCompuware'swebsiteunder theFile-AID/MVS TechnicalSupportcategory. They provideanswers to a wide range ofquestionsincluding topics related toproduct func-tions, installation, compatibility, and transitionfrom prior releases. To directlyaccess theFile-AID/MVS FrequentlyAsked Questions,point your browser at:http://www.compuware.com/fafaq/ .

File-AID Batch Reference Manualx

Getting HelpAt Compuware westrive to make ourproducts and documentation thebest inthe industry. Feedback from our customershelps us to maintain our qualitystandards.

If problemsarise,consult yourmanual or the File-AIDtechnical representativeat your site for assistance. Ifproblemspersist, pleaseobtain thefollowing infor-mation beforecalling Compuware forassistance. Thisinformation helps us toefficiently determine the cause of theproblem.

1. Identify thereleasenumber andrelease date ofFile-AID being used. Ifpos-sible, identifyyour Compuwareclient number. TheSYSPRINTheadingproduced from a File-AID/Batchexecution containsyour client number andreleaseinformation.

2. Identify the operating system being used to help determine operating systemdependencies.

3. If an abendoccurs, note the displacement and themodule inwhich itoccurs. If possible,obtain a copy of thesystemdump.

4. Note thesequence ofissuedcommands thatresulted in theproblem, and thedata type involved.

File-AID TechnicalSupportCompuware Corporation

31440Northwestern HighwayFarmingtonHills, MI 48334-2564

1-800-538-7822

Outside the USA and Canada, please contactyour local Compuwareoffice or agent.

1-1

Chapter 1.Product Overview

File-AID/Batch is a data manipulation program thatconsolidates the functionsof most standard IBMutilities. UseFile-AID/Batch to:

Copy records orportions ofrecordsfrom one dataset type toanotherPrint record data in four formatsChangerecords of any length on any type of dataset(that is,enlarge datafields, add new data fields)Process datasetsselectively todisplay orupdate informationRecognizelogical JCL continuationsAccumulate totals toverify reportsReformatrecordsRead all VSAM andsequential datasets forward or backward.

Use File-AID/Batch to run jobsrequiring selection instead ofspecializedselectionprograms. After execution,File-AID can print a report thatshows thenumber ofrecords read and written, and thenumber ofrecords processed bythe various functions withinFile-AID.

This chapterdescribes how to accessFile-AID/Batch andintroduces the func-tions and parameters. Italso presents theproduct features for thecurrentrelease ofFile-AID.

Batch DifferencesExtensive changes havebeen made to File-AID to produceRelease 8.Although comprehensivetesting wasdone to assureconsistency withpriorFile-AID/Batch releases,Compuwarerecommends that youtest andverify anyproduction jobstreams executingFile-AID/Batch beforemoving File-AIDRelease 8 to aproduction environment.

The following list summarizes changes made toFile-AID/Batch for Release 8:

New batchfunctionsinclude:

VTOCINFO, VTOCMAP, and VTOCDSN forprinting VTOCs. Theassociatedparameters for these functions includeVOLSER, UNIT,VOLSTAT, and DSN.COMPARE forexecuting theCompare utility.CONVERT for performing the conversion ofFile-AID datasetsfrom priorreleases to theRelease 8format. For example, convertingselection tablesto XREFs. With Release8.0.2CONVERT wasenhanced toallow you toconvertFile-AID for IMS XREFs to theFile-AID/MVS Release 8format.

New data type of T (Text, non-casespecific).

New JCL statementsincluding:

DDxxSC - Selection criteriamember toapplyDDxxXR - XREF member to use(FPRINT)DDxxRL - Recordlayout dataset (s) forFPRINT, formerly DDxxM

File-AID Batch Reference Manual1-2

DDxxRF - Reformatdefinition member forREFORMAT, formerlyDDxxR

New control parameter ofPDSSTAT forcontrolling theupdate of PDSsta-tistics.

New parameters for PDSmemberselection use themembers' PDSstatistics.The new parameters areCREATED (creation date),CHANGED (changedate),MBRNAME (member name), andUSERID (user ID).

In report headings, spaces areremoved from the time and theVOLSER isdeletedfrom the heading.

Slight changes toSYSPRINTreports of execution status. TheOPENmessage now uses two lines and includes the DSN andVOLSER.

The new DD statement,DDxxSC, providesaccess toformattedsavedselection criteria.

The Release 8File-AID Batch Reference Manualis available in asoftcopyformat via BookManagerREAD.

New RRN (RelativeRecord Number)parameter forPRINT function to usewith VSAM RRDS andBDAM files. The DUMP function now providesRRN not the RBA for VSAMRRDS andBDAM files.

New REFOUTparameter forREFORMAT function includes the recordsnot selected forreformatting in theoutput file.

New functionsthat supportonline print requests include:RLPRINT,XRPRINT, APRINT, and SCPRINT.

The MAXENT parameter nowdefaults to 1,024 and allows amaximumvalue of999,999.

New IOEXIT parameter is provided tosupport input and/oroutput exits.

The MAP parameter was changed toLAYOUT, but MAP is still supported.

New CEM parameter for copy empty members wasadded forCOPY func-tion.

New CHARSETparameter supportsusing alternate character set tables.

The MEMBER parameter was enhanced tosupport alist of members in theformat: M=(A,B,C).

New diagnostic display forinternal errors.

Improved member counts whenusing amembermask; Release 8counts onlythe members that match themask. Also for aPDS, themember count isalways reported in the statistics (even when asinglemember isprocessed).

MEMBERS/READ-9,SELECTED-1,RECORDS/READ-19,ENDING on PAGE-1

Figure 1-1. Member Counts in Release 6 or 7

Product Overview 1-3

MEMBERS-READ=9,SELECTED=1,RECORDS-READ=19,ENDING on PAGE 1

Figure 1-2. Member Counts in Release 8

The ORIF parameteralso accepted animproper "OR IF" inReleases 6 and7, File-AID now issues areturn code of 4 for an "ORIF".

In Releases 6 and 7, if records weretruncated, File-AIDerroneouslyissued areturn code of 0. File-AID now issues areturn code of 4.

A COPY VB now accommodatesrecord length.

A USER VB used totruncaterecords, now it actslike a COPY VB.

File-AID added thereturn codes toSYSPRINTmessages.

The following ddnameswere valid whenperforming aUSER WRITE inFile-AID Release 6 or 7.They arereservewords inFile-AID Release 8:

DDnnM

DDnnRL

DDnnXR

DDnnSC

DDnnCP

DDnnC

nn = 00 through 99.

For keyedBDAM files (COPY TO) when theinput RKP is not zero,File-AID creates the key and copies the entireinput record to theoutput dataarea. If theinput RKP is zero,File-AID creates the key and copies theinputrecord starting at one bytepast thekey.

For keyedISAM files (COPY TO) when theinput RKP is not one,File-AID creates the key and copies the entireinput record to theoutput dataarea. If theinput RKP is one, File-AID creates the key and copies theinputrecord starting at one bytepast thekey.

Obsolete Data-XPERT ModulesThe Data-XPERTbatch modulesdescribed inTable 1-1 onpage 1-4 are notincluded withFile-AID/MVS Release8.0. Their functions aresupported by theFile-AID/MVS PGM=FILEAID. If you havebatch jobsthat execute any ofthese modules, you need toupdate the job to use the appropriateFile-AID/MVS Release 8.0Batch function and anynecessaryparametersorretain your copy of the oldData-XPERTbatchmodules.


Table 1-1. Data-XPERT Batch Modules Replaced by File-AID/MVS Release 8.0Functions

Data-XPERTModule

File-AID/MVSBatch Function

Description

DXPATRPT APRINT Print audit trail (option 5.5)

DXPCLRPT RLPRINT Print layout (option 5.4)

DXPCPDV COMPARE Batch Compare (option 10)

DXPDSRPT PRINT (Character);FPRINT (For-matted)

Print dataset module (option 5.1)

DXPEXDRV COPY Batch Extract (option 3.3)

DXPFDRPT XRPRINT Print XREF (option 5.2)

DXPMPDRV REFORMAT Batch Reformat (option 9)

DXPPDSDV LIST UPDATEALL Batch PDS function

DXPSCRPT SCPRINT Print selection criteria (option 5.3)

Accessing and Using File-AID/BatchFile-AID/Batch is an MVS batch program. Standard JCL iscoded foraccessing theproduct. Youprovide control statements to directFile-AID/Batch to thefunction you want performed. These control statementsare included with the JCL or can be contained in a datasetpointed to by theSYSIN DD statement.

In File-AID, you usefunctions to process afile to your specifications. Parame-ters can limit theparts of thefile that areprocessed and can direct secondaryprocesses.File-AID haseight functionsthat provide hardcopyoutput ofrecords: APRINT, DUMP, LIST, FPRINT, PRINT, RLPRINT,SCPRINT,and XRPRINT. Inaddition, theDUMP, LIST, FPRINT, and PRINTfunc-tions have corresponding parametersthat let yougeneratehardcopywhileanother functionprocesses afile. The output of theprinting parameters is iden-tical to that of theprinting functions. The printing parameters arenever usedwith the printing functions.

Function and Modifier DescriptionsA function is a codeword thatdescribes theoperation you want done on aninput dataset. A functionmodifier is a codeword appended to a functionthatchanges orcontrols the way the function operates.Functionmodifiers are usedin File-AID/Batch to enhance thecapabilities offunctions. Thefollowing threefunction modifiers are available:


ALL: Allows a function to process an entire dataset.

BACK: Permits backwardprocessing of all recordformats of sequential andVSAM datasets.

MEM: Selectsmembers within a PDSbased on thecontent of the member.

Table 1-2 shows abrief description of each function and themodifiers thatapply to it. Detailed descriptions and examples of functions and theirmodifiersare discussed inChapter 3, “Functions andModifiers” on page3-1.

Table 1-2. Function Descriptions

Function Modifiers Description

APRINT Prints the audit trail file in formatted, char-acter, or hexadecimal format.

COMPARE Compares the contents of two files.

CONVERT Converts existing pre-Release 8.0 selectiontables and XREFs to Release 8.0 XREF format.Converts existing pre-Release 8.0 savedselection criteria to Release 8.0 selection cri-teria format.

COPY ALL, BACK, MEM Copies data and reports the number ofrecords and/or PDS members copied.

DROP Eliminates unwanted records from a datasetwhile copying it.

DUMP ALL, BACK, MEM Prints records in vertical hexadecimal format.

FPRINT ALL, BACK, MEM Prints data formatted according to a COBOL orPL/I record layout.

LIST ALL, BACK, MEM Prints alphanumeric data as entered whileprinting packed and binary data as blanks.

PRINT ALL, BACK, MEM Prints alphanumeric data and labels eachrecord with its record number and recordlength.

REFORMAT Reformats data as it is being copied.

RLPRINT Prints a COBOL or PL/I record layout dis-playing the field level, field name, format, fieldnumber, start location, end location, and fieldlength.

SCPRINT Prints the dataset containing selection criteriacreated from File-AID online functions.

SPACE BACK Moves current record pointer forward or back-ward a specified amount.

TALLY Reads a dataset and accumulates fields speci-fied by ACCUM parameters.

UPDATE ALL Updates records in place as specified by anaction parameter.

USER Copies records based on user-defined condi-tions to one or more output datasets.

VTOCDSN Displays volume and dataset information indataset name sequence.

VTOCINFO Displays volume information.

VTOCMAP Displays volume and dataset information inaddress location sequence.

XRPRINT Prints record layout cross reference (XREF)dataset.


Parameter DescriptionsParameters are code wordsthat control orlimit processing actions.Table 1-3gives abrief description of each parameter. Detailed descriptions andexamplesare given inChapter 4, “Parameters” onpage 4-1.

Table 1-3 (Page 1 of 2). Parameter Descriptions

Parameter Description

ABEND Alters default abend handling procedures.

ACCUM Accumulates totals while a function is executing.

AND Creates a logical AND condition when used with an IF parameter.

CEM Copies empty members of a partitioned dataset.

CHANGED Select a group of members from a PDS based on a range of last modi-fied dates.

CHARSET Specifies which language to use.

CREATED Select a group of members from a PDS based on a range of creationdates.

DROP Controls maximum number of records dropped by the DROP function.

DSNAME Limits VTOC processing to a specified dataset name.

DUMP Prints records in hexadecimal format.

EDIT Changes first occurrence of data in a record.

EDITALL Changes multiple occurrences of data in a record.

ERRS Defines the number of allowable data checks per volume per exe-cution.

FEOV Forces end-of-volume (EOV) processing for the output tape datasetwhen the input tape dataset reaches EOV.

FORM Controls processing when JCL is read, updated, or printed. Also con-trols whether multiple passes are made on a dataset, audit reportformat, and other options.

FPRINT Prints data formatted according to a COBOL or PL/I record layout.

IF Selects records for a function based on selection criteria.

IOEXIT Specifies input and output I/O exit names.

IN Controls the number of records read for processing.

KEY Processes data beginning with a specific key.

LAYOUT Specifies DDxxRL dataset member for FPRINT function or parameter.

LIST Prints alphanumeric data without record number or record length.

LPI Specifies lines per inch when printing.

MAP Specifies DDxxRL dataset member for FPRINT function or parameter.Alias of LAYOUT.

MAXENT Extends area in which File-AID parameter information is stored beyondthe default limit.

MAXOUT Processes more than eight user-controlled output datasets per exe-cution.

MBRNAME Select a group of members from a PDS based on a range of membernames.

MEMBER Processes specified member within a PDS.

MEMBERS Selects groups of members from a PDS using a mask.

MOVE Builds output record by moving data to it.

NEWMEM Names a new member of an output PDS.

NEWMEMS Names multiple new members of an output PDS using a mask.

ORIF (OR) Creates a logical OR condition when used with a preceding IF param-eter.

OUT Controls maximum number of records written to output dataset.

PADCHAR Specifies fill value used when lengthening a record.

PDSSTAT Maintains PDS member statistics when updating partitioned datasets.

PRINT Prints alphanumeric data with record number and record length.

RBA Begins function at a relative byte/block address (RBA).

RDW Controls inclusion/exclusion of record descriptor word (RDW) duringvariable-length record processing.


Parameters are groupedaccording to type. Thefollowing parametertypes areused:

Action Indicatesmovement orchange of data.Control Defines basicenvironment conditionsduring execution.Limit Places recordcount limits on the datasets being processed.Print Provides hardcopy audit ofrecords being processed.Selection Specifiesprocessing of records based on theircontents.

Parametersincluded in each type arelisted in Table 1-4.

Table 1-3 (Page 2 of 2). Parameter Descriptions

Parameter Description

REFOUT Specifies which record to copy when executing a reformat definition.

REPL Replaces first occurrence of data in a record with other specified data.

REPLALL Replaces multiple occurrences of data in a record with other specifieddata.

RLM Controls the replacing of PDS members when copying.

RLPRINT Prints the associated record layouts when printing XREFs (XRPRINTfunction only).

RRN Specifies a relative record number for VSAM RRDS and BDAM files.

SELECT Selects every nth occurrence of a record for processing.

SHOW Specifies the report format for a record layout printed with the FPRINTfunction.

STOP Stops function when a given condition is found.

TYPE Specifies the type of File-AID Release 8.0 conversion to implement(CONVERT function only).

VOLSER Specifies a volume serial number for VTOC functions.

VOLSTAT Specifies a volume status for VTOC functions.

UNIT Specifies a generic unit name for VTOC functions.

USERID Select a group of members from a PDS based on a range of user IDs.

WRITE Writes newly created record to output dataset (USER function only).

Table 1-4. Parameter Types

Type Parameters

Action EDIT, EDITALL, MOVE, REPL, REPLALL, WRITE

Control ABEND, CEM, CHANGED, CHARSET, CREATED, DSNAME, ERRS,FEOV, FORM, IOEXIT, KEY, LPI, MAP, MAXENT, MAXOUT, MBRNAME,MEMBER, MEMBERS, NEWMEM, NEWMEMS, PADCHAR, PDSSTAT,RBA, RDW, REFOUT, RLM, RLPRINT, RRN, SHOW, STOP, TYPE, UNIT,USERID, VOLSER, VOLSTAT

Limit DROP, IN, OUT, SELECT

Print ACCUM, DUMP, FPRINT, LIST, PRINT, RLPRINT

Selection AND, IF, ORIF


Product FeaturesThis sectiondescribes the capabilities and features ofFile-AID/Batch. Specificproduct functions aredetailed insubsequentchapters.

Product CapabilitiesFile-AID offers avariety of ways toperform typical datamanipulationfunc-tions. File-AID/Batch statements let you copy,delete, print,change data,compare data, reformat data, accumulatevalues, create extractfiles, insertrecords, modifyJCL, andgenerate VTOCinformation. Thissection provides abrief summary ofthese capabilities.

Copying Data: File-AID copies data with theCOPY, DROP, REFORMAT,and USERfunctions. You cancombine IF and OUT parameters with aCOPY function to copyselectedrecords. You can alsocombine aDROPfunction with selectionparameters to copydesired records whiledroppingunwantedrecords. Both COPY andDROP functions requireinput andoutputdatasets. TheCOPY function combined withMOVE parameterlets yourestructure recordswhile copying.

The USERfunction is a copyprocessthat gives youmore control whenwritingoutput records and datasets. TheUSER function caninsert new records at anypoint within a dataset, repeat records with changeddata,delete records bywriting them to a dummyfile, and write to multiple output datasetsfrom asingle input dataset.

The REFORMATfunction is a copyprocessthat lets youreformat theinputfile while it is beingcopied. REFORMAT canreorganizefields within arecord, add newfields, andconvert numericfields.

Deleting Data: Use the DROPfunction to delete unwanted records by speci-fying selectionparameters toidentify the records youwant dropped. Youmustspecify both aninput and anoutput dataset.

Printing Data: File-AID/Batch provides theAPRINT, DUMP, LIST,FPRINT, PRINT, RLPRINT,SCPRINT, andXRPRINT functions forprinting. An APRINT statement prints an audittrail file formatted in char-acter, formatted, or hexadecimalformat. A DUMP statement produces a char-acter and verticalhexadecimalprint of a dataset, including all recordnumbersand record lengths. AnFPRINT statement prints a reportshowing record datanext to, and formattedaccording to, the specifications in aCOBOL or PL/Irecord layout. ALIST statement prints only alphanumericcharacter datawithout printing recordnumbers orlengths. APRINT statement prints onlyalphanumeric character data along with recordnumbers andrecord lengths. AnRLPRINT statement prints aCOBOL or PL/I record layout. AnSCPRINTstatement prints the dataset containing theselection criteria createdfromFile-AID online functions. AnXRPRINT statement prints arecord layoutcross reference(XREF) dataset.

Parameters control theselection of records for printing. TheDUMP, LIST,FPRINT, and PRINTfunctions can be used with theEDIT and REPL(replace)parameterswithout using an IF selectionparameter.Output generatedin this way shows the changesspecified byREPL or EDIT without changingthe real data in thedataset.


You can also use theDUMP, LIST, FPRINT, and PRINTparameters to printdata whileperforminganotherfunction. When youprint data, yourpreviousselection and limitingparameters are used.

Changing Data: File-AID/Batch changes data whilecopying records to a newoutput dataset (copy mode), andwhile updatingoriginal dataset records(updatemode). In the copy mode, theoutput dataset attributes, organization, andrecord length candiffer from those of theinput dataset. In theupdate mode,the inputfile is updated inplace, and all changes arepermanent.

Four parameters change data inFile-AID/Batch: EDIT, EDITALL, REPL,and REPLALL. In thecopy mode, use theCOPY, DROP, or USERfunctionwith one of these parameters to changedata. In the update mode, only theUPDATE function operates with these parameters.

Use EDIT or EDITALL to replace data in a record with data ofdifferentlengths. Remaining data isshifted by deleting or insertingblanks. EDITreplaces thefirst occurrence of data in a record;EDITALL replaces alloccur-rences of the data in the record.

Use REPL orREPLALL to replace data of thesame length. You can basereplacement on a location, condition, or an alternate location based on aspeci-fied condition. REPL replaces thefirst occurrence of data in a record;REPLALL replaces all occurrences of the data in the record.

Comparing Data: Use the COMPAREfunction to compare the contents oftwo files. You must specify thenames of the twodatasetsthat you want tocompare and the name of thedatasetthat contains the comparecriteria. Thisfunction requires acompare criteria control file created with the onlineCompare utility.

Reformatting Data: The REFORMATfunction is an enhanced copyfacilitythat lets youreformat orinitialize a file as youcopy and select whichrecordsyou want in thefile. This function requires a reformat definition created withthe onlineReformat utility.

Changing JCL: The FORM parameterlets youindicatethat the data you arechanging isJCL. Whenusing JCLformat, File-AID stringstogether andlog-ically processes theJOB, EXEC, PROC, and datadefinition (DD) statements.All continuations for a JCL statementprocess andprint as if onerecord.

Editing JCL records (with theEDIT parameter) mayshift or truncate datawhen it is replaced with data ofanotherlength. When editing JCL andexpan-sion of data is required due to alarger length replace data value,File-AIDadjusts the JCL and handles all continuations.

Accumulating Values: File-AID can accumulate data to givetotals of fieldscontaining binary, packeddecimal, ornumeric character data. You can takeaccumulations any time during execution of anyFile-AID/Batch function. TheACCUM parameterdescribes thefield to be accumulated.Selectionparametersspecify therecords foraccumulation. Use theTALLY function when yourselection requiresmore than one group of IFparameters.


Creating Extract Files: Use the COPY,DROP, or USERfunction withselection criteria and limitingparameters tocreatefiles that containrandomsamplings ofproduction data forsystem andprogramtesting. Extracted datacan be printedusing theDUMP, LIST, PRINT, or FPRINT parameters.

Inserting Records: Use the USERfunction to construct andinsert new recordsat any point in adataset. The IF,MOVE, andWRITE parameters work withthe USERfunction for thesetasks.

Displaying VTOC Information: Use the VTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, andVTOCMAP functions todisplayvolume or dataset information.

General FeaturesFile-AID/Batch has thefollowing general features:

Processesfiles of all accessmethodsEliminates record length restrictionsProcesses all recordformatsExecutes allBoolean operatorsOffers multiple record/memberselection criteriaHandles JCL formatOffers bidirectional processingMaintainsrecordkey/RBA settingObserves all security systems.

All Access Methods: Files createdthrough anystandard MVSaccessmethodcan be processed usingFile-AID. Currently, theFile-AID the VSAM utility(option 3.5) only allocates, deletes, andrenamesVSAM-LINEAR datasets.

No Record Length Restrictions: File-AID processes record lengths of up to32,760bytes (32KB).

For recordsthat extendbeyond 32 K,specifyL R E C L = X andFile-AID/Batchprovides limitedsupport(COPY, DUMP, andLIST) for a record length up to64 K.

All Record Formats: File-AID processes all record types includingfixed or vari-able length,spanned, and unformattedformats.

All Boolean Operators: Use any Boolean operators to enhance yourselectionprocessing.Specifyyour record conditions and onlythoserecords process anddisplay, eliminatingunwanted data. Use theAND/OR operator to connectmultiple selectionconditions.

Multiple Selection Criteria: Performselection processing on either a record or amemberlevel. File-AID can scan a PDS for aspecificcondition and selectrecords based onthat condition.

JCL Format: File-AID processes JCLstatements aslogical statements.File-AID recognizes thecomma as acontinuation inJCL, andtreats the phys-ical recordsthat contain the continued data as onelogical JCL record.


Bidirectional Processing: File-AID reads sequential andVSAM files eitherforward or backward. This capabilitylets youquickly retrieve and analyzedata.

Record Key/RBA: You can indicate aspecific starting point in a file, by speci-fying a recordKEY, or by indicating a relativebyte/blockaddress(RBA) value.

Security: File-AID is compatible withcommercially available security packages(RACF, ACF2, TOP SECRET). It usesstandardopen andclosemacros toavoid bypassing security rules.File-AID security can also limit destructiveaccess tofiles. Sincethis is an installation feature, you should check withyoursecurityofficers for anylimits that may beset.

2-1

Chapter 2.Product Conventions

This chapterdiscusses thecontrol cards used withFile-AID/Batch, datasetrequirements, and the JCL toexecute theproduct.

Coding conventionsControl cards and their elementsDataset andaccessrequirementsJCL required to executeFile-AID/Batch.

Coding ConventionsUse the followingconventions to codecontrol cards:

You can haveinformation in location 1throughlocation 80 of your controlcards.

To specify acontinuationline, code acommaafter the lastcompleteparam-eterentry on a controlcard.

To codecontinuationcards, place ablank in location 1 and make sure thenext parameter entry startsbeforelocation 26 of the card.

Separate the function/dataset organizationidentifier and theparameteridenti-fiers with at least oneblank space.

Do not split an individualparameter entry element betweencards.

You can codemore than one parameteridentifier following a singlefunction/dataset organizationidentifier. Theorder that youcode theparame-ters determines thelogic of the statement.

Separate multiple parameteridentifiers bycommas.

You may code multiple parameteridentifiers on acontinuationline.

You can use abbreviations instead offull function, functionmodifier, or param-eter names. For example, acontrol card with full names is coded asfollows:

$$DD01 COPYALL REPL=(6,50,C'TEST',C'PROD')

In contrast, a controlcard using abbreviations is coded:

$$DD01 CA R=(6,50,C'TEST',C'PROD')

Function andfunction modifier abbreviations aredescribed inChapter 3,“Functions andModifiers” on page3-1. Parameter abbreviations aredescribedin Chapter 4, “Parameters” onpage 4-1.


Control CardsControl cards are themain communication tool in File-AID/Batch. Controlcards let you identify thefunctions to perform on theinput data, themethod touse for record selection, and thespecificchanges to make to thedata.

File-AID control cards can use four types of elements:

DatasetidentifierFunction/DatasetorganizationidentifierParameteridentifiersComments.

The first two elements are required; the last two areoptional. Figure 2-1 showsthe format of a controlcard.

Note: In this chapter, statements infigures may be spaced differently than theactual controlcard format to help youdelineate thecomponents of controlcards.

ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿³ Dataset ³ ³ Function ³ ³ Parameter ³ ³ Comments ³³ Identifier ³ ³ Identifier ³ ³ Identifier ³ ³ ³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÙ

³ ³ ³ ³³ ³ ³ ³

$$DD01 COPY IN=10 COPY FIRST 10 RECORDS

Figure 2-1. Control Card Elements

Dataset IdentifierThe first element on aFile-AID control card is the datasetidentifier. This iden-tifier connects aninput dataset to a functionthat you want toperform. Thedatasetidentifier begins with$$DD in location 1 of the controlcard asfollows:

$$DDxx

wherexx is a numberfrom 00 to 99that corresponds to a matching//DDxxDD JCL statement. Thexx is also used tomatch other optional/ /DDxx DDJCL statements. For example://DD01O (output dataset),//DD01RL (layoutlibrary), //DD01RF (reformat definitionlibrary).

Function/Dataset Organization IdentifierDefine the function youwant to perform on theinput dataset with thefunction/dataset organizationidentifier. As anoption, usethis identifier tochoose theaccessmethod that File-AID uses toprocess theinput dataset.

File-AID/Batch functions aredefined in“Function andModifier Descriptions”on page 1-4. Theformat used to code each function isdetailed inChapter 3,“Functions andModifiers” on page3-1.

Product Conventions 2-3

Note: If File-AID is executedwithout controlcards, it defaults to aCOPYfunction for everypair of input andoutput datasets(DDxx and DDxxO)speci-fied in the JCL.

You can attach a dataset organizationidentifier (DSORG ID) to anyfunctionidentifier; it defines the accessmethodused to process theinput dataset. Forexample, the "DA"DSORG ID canforce File-AID to process aQSAM datasetas a BDAM dataset. Anylogical errors created in this wayproduce unpredict-able results in theoutput dataset. Valid DSORG IDs arelisted in Table 2-1.

The function/DSORGidentifier must begin beforelocation 16. Leave atleastone blank position between thefunction/DSORGidentifier and the precedingdatasetidentifier. Figure 2-2 shows afunction/DSORGidentifier in a controlstatement.

Table 2-1. Dataset OrganizationIdentifiers

DSORG ID Access Method

PS QSAM

DA BDAM

VS VSAM

IS ISAM

PO BPAM

ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿³ Dataset ³ ³ Function ³ ³ DSORG ³³ Identifier ³ ³ Identifier ³ ³ Identifier ³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÙ ÀÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

³ ³ ³³ ³ ³

$$DD01 COPYDA

Figure 2-2. Function/Dataset Organization Identifier

The format of thefunction/DSORGidentifier shown in thefigure is:

$$DD01 COPYDA

This example copies theinput dataset as if it is aBDAM file, regardless of theoriginal accessmethodused when the dataset was created.


Parameter IdentifierParameters define how to select and manipulaterecords. They arediscussed in“Parameter Descriptions” onpage 1-6. Parameteridentifiers defineparametersand consist of aparameter name and one or moreelements. Elements defineinput data,output data, and data handlingcomponents of aparameter. Thefour mostcommonelements used in parameteridentifiers are:

LocationLengthOperatorData.

Format rules for these four elements arelisted below. The formatused to codeeach parameter isexplained inChapter 4, “Parameters” onpage 4-1.Figure 2-3 shows the format of atypical control card using parameters.

ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿³ Dataset ³ ³ Function ³ ³ Parameter ³³ Identifier ³ ³ Identifier ³ ³ Identifiers ³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

³ ³ ³³ ³ ÚÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄ¿³ ³ ³ ³

$$DD01 COPY IF=(1,EQ,P'14553'),OUT=100

Figure 2-3. Parameter Identifiers

Location ElementThe location elementdefineswhere thedesired data can befound in therecord.You can specify anactual location or arelative location.

Actual LocationThe actual location can be anynumberfrom 1 to 32,767 (32KB), but it cannotexceed therecordsize. You can use theRecordDescriptorWord (RDW) inlocations 1through 4 as theactual location invariable-length records. If youuse the RDW as an actual location, thefirst valid dataposition is location 5. Ifyou set the RDW parameter to 2 or 3, the databegins inposition 1. (See“RDW” on page 4-40.)

Relative LocationDistinguish arelative location from an actual location byplacing aplus sign( + ) or a minussign (-) before the value. For example, toreference the nextrelative location in a record, use + 1 for the location element. Toreferencethree bytes before thecurrent location, use -3 for the location element.

File-AID has twotypes ofrelative locations: one references theinput record;the otherreferences theoutput record. When File-AID retrieves aninputrecord, theinput relative location value is set to the beginning of theinputrecord. This value is incremented by the IF,EDIT, andREPL scanningparameters. Subsequentrelative location references are relative ( + or -) tothisvalue.


When an inputrelative location exceeds thecurrent recordboundary, File-AIDskips the record andreports it on thestatistics line. The statistics line isdirected toSYSPRINTafter eachfunction executes.

The outputrelative location is used only with theMOVE parameterwhile cre-ating records with theCOPY or USERfunctions. When data is moved to anoutput location, theoutput relative location advances to the nextavailableoutput location. Thisallows File-AID to calculate the record length ofvariable-lengthoutput recordsthat youconstruct.

The outputrelative location isreset to zero after the nextinput record is read.

Operator ElementThe operatorelementsetsconditionaltests on data in thelocation identified bythe location element. Use operatorelements with theEDIT, IF, ORIF, REPL,and STOPparameters.

File-AID has twosets ofoperatorelements. One set is for character, packeddecimal, or hexadecimal data; theother set is forbinary data.

Operatorelements for character, packed decimal, and hexadecimal data repre-sent conditionsthat canoccur after acompare instruction isapplied to theinput datausing the data elementspecified. These operatorelements arelistedin Table 2-2.

Binary operatorelements represent conditionsthat canoccur after atest-under-mask instruction isapplied to theinput byteusing thebinary data maskelementspecified. Thebinary operatorelements arelisted in Table 2-3.

Table 2-2. Character, Packed Decimal, andHexadecimal Data Operator Elements

Element Condition

EQ Equal to

NE Not equal to

GT Greater than

LT Less than

GE Greater than or equal to

LE Less than or equal to

Table 2-3. Binary Data Operator Elements

Element Condition

EQ Bits are all ones

NE Bits are all zeros

NO Bits are not all binary ones (allzeros or mixed)

MX Bits are mixed (ones andzeros)


Length ElementThe length elementsets thelength of thefield that File-AID mustexamine.The length element is used instead of theoperatorelement when thespecificlocation of the compare data is notknown. Using a length element changes theIF, EDIT, andREPL parameters to scanning parameters. Thevalue of thelength element may be anynumberfrom 0 (zero) through 255(excludingone),but the length added to the current locationcannotexceed therecordsize.

If you use a 0 (zero) for the length element,File-AID calculates the length ofthe searchfield that begins at thespecifiedlocation and ends at the end of therecord.

Note: The length element is not allowed with packed orbinary data elements.

Data ElementThe data elementlets you specify data toFile-AID in threeways:

As compare data in an IF,EDIT, or REPL parameterAs the data to be moved in aMOVE parameterAs replace data in aREPL or EDIT parameter.

Table 2-4identifies the datatypesthat you canspecify with the data element.When youcode a data element, make sure the actual datafollows one of thedata identifiers and is enclosed bysinglequotes (apostrophes) or double quotes.Table 2-4provides examples of each data type.

Table 2-4. Data Element Types

Identifier Data Type Example

C Character, alphanumeric C' ABCD123'

T Text, alphanumeric T' ABC'

X Hexadecimal X' 10CF00'

P Packed P ' + 1 '

B Binary mask B ' 01001000'

B Binary OR (REPL new-data only) B ' 01001000'

BM Binary minus (REPL new-dataonly)

BM'C8'

BS Binary signed (ACCUM parameteronly)

BS'01001000'

BX Binary exclusive OR (REPL new-data only)

BX'C8'

Character DataCharacter data can be any length in thecontrol card, butcannotextend pastlocation 80. Character data iscase-sensitive.Enclose all character data in eithersinglequotes (apostrophes) or double quotes. Usesinglequotes todelimit mul-tiple valuesseparated bycommas. Unless commas are enclosed indoublequotes, commasindicate an ORcondition forselectingrecords based onmatching alist of two or more datavalues.


This example shows a character data elementthat tests for thenumber10 or 11:

C'10,11'

Use double quotes toinclude specialcharacters such as commas andquotes.This example shows a character datastring that contains10,'11',12:

C"10,'11',12"

Text DataText data can be anylength in thecontrol card, butcannotextend past location80. Text data isnon-case-sensitive. Enclose all text data in eithersinglequotes(apostrophes) or double quotes. Usesinglequotes todelimit multiple valuesseparated bycommas. Unless commas are enclosed indouble quotes, commasindicate an ORcondition forselectingrecords based onmatching alist of twoor more datavalues.

This example shows a text data elementthat tests for anycombination of upperand lowercase charactersABCD :

T'abcd'

Use double quotes toinclude specialcharacters such as commas andquotes.

Hexadecimal DataHexadecimal data can be any lengththat is amultiple of two, butcannotextend past location 80.

This example shows a hexadecimal value of 10000F:

X'10000F'

Packed DataPacked data can be up to 31 digits or a packedlength of 16 bytes. Sign packeddata by inserting a positive or negativesign directly after thefirst quote.Leading zeros are not required when testing for packedvalues.

File-AID/Batch determines the length of the packedfield by scanningfrom thelocation youspecifyuntil it finds a valid sign (F, C, or D). Allhexadecimaldigits thatbegin at thelocation youspecify andending at thevalid signmust bebetween zero and nine.

Notes:

1. When you use apacked data element to test for acondition in arecord,each record testedmust have avalid packed datafield at the specifiedlocation. If invalid packed data isdiscovered,File-AID/Batch stops proc-essing,reports the condition onSYSPRINT, anddumps therecord.

2. The length element is not allowed when testing for packed data elements.Only operatorelements arevalid when using thepacked data element.

Examples of F (unsigned), C(positive), and D (negative) signedpacked dataare:

P'1' —designated F (unsigned)P'+1' —designated C (positive)P'-1' —designated D (negative)

Packed datafields signed as F or C are consideredequal.


Binary DataBinary data checks orsets the ON or OFFcondition of bit settings. Abinarydata elementalways describes one byte ofdata. You can represent it one oftwo ways:

Hexadecimal characters. For example:B'C8'

Eight-bit true binaryvalue of all zeros or ones. For example:B'11001000'

Binary data elements are used to check thecondition of bit settings by usingone of the validbinary data operatorelements as described inTable 2-3 onpage 2-5. Binary data elements are applied with a test-under-mask instructionto the byte you reference.Truth of thecondition isbased on the binary dataoperatorelementspecified.

Note: An operatorelement is required for testingbinary data elements.Onlyone byte is tested, therefore the length element is not allowed.

The binary data element mayalso be used as new data in aREPL parameter.When abinary data element is used with theREPL parameter,individual targetbits can be set ON or OFF by using one of thevalid dataelement types asshown in Table 2-4 onpage 2-6.

Duplication FactorUse a duplication factor to avoid codingrepetitive data elements.Code it asany numberfrom 2 through 255 andplace it directly before the data element.If you do not code a value, the default is 1. The valuecorresponds to thenumber oftimes File-AID finds the datacontiguously repeated, beginning atthe location youspecify in thelocation element.

Two examples of duplicationfactors are:

C'12121212' can be coded4C'12'

X'000C000C' can be coded2X'000C'

Note: File-AID does notsupportusing aduplication factor with the NEoper-ator element.

Scanning ParametersUse scanning parameters tosearch for a sequence of characters within a rangeof locations in a record. The scan length can be anynumberfrom 0 (zero)through 255(excluding 1) as long as it is greater than the length of the dataelement. If you use 0 (zero),File-AID calculates a scan lengthfrom your speci-fied location to the end of the record. Scanning repositions theinput relativelocation pointer when the datavalue is found.

Note: A scanning parameter can test only for an equal(EQ) condition. Thedata element of a scanning parameter islimited to character or hexadecimaldata.

Example 1:$$DD01 DUMP IF=(22,10,C'CLIPS')

Example 1generates a hexadecimalprint of any recordthat contains the char-acter stringCLIPS in thescanfield between locations 22 and 31.


Example 2:$$DD01 COPYALL REPL=(6,50,C'TEST',C'PROD')

Example 2copies theinput datasetwhile locating anyrecordthat contains thecharacter stringTEST in thescanfield between locations 6 and 55.WhenFile-AID locates the stringTEST, it replaces it with the stringPROD.

CommentsComments areused oncontrol cards as aform of documentation.Commentsappear on theSYSPRINToutput when allother controlcards areprinted.

Code comments byleaving at least oneblank positionafter the finalparameteron a controlcard. If you do notspecifyparameters, thecomment cannotbeginbeforelocation 27. You can code acomment byitself on acontrol card byplacing an asterisk (*) inlocation 1. Comments with anasterisk (*) inlocation1 are also written to theoptional SYSTOTAL DD if one isprovided in theJCL. An example of codingcomments is:

$$DD01 COPY OUT=500 COPY FIRST 500 RECORDS* TO A NEW DATASET

Dataset RequirementsThis sectiondiscusses thedataset requirements forFile-AID/Batch, includingaccessmethodrules, loadmodulecopying rules, andinput andoutput datasetrequirements.

Access Method RulesThis sectiondiscusses rulesthat arerequired foraccessinginput andoutputdatasets. The followingaccessmethods arecovered:

QSAMISAMBDAMVSAMBPAM.

QSAM Access RulesFile-AID accepts all types ofQSAM (sequential) datasets asinput or output.Keyed QSAM datasetscannot beprocessed with theirkeys. QSAM datasetswith unlike characteristics can beconcatenated.

When processingconcatenated datasets,File-AID reports thenumber ofrecordsprocessed,volume serialnumber, anddataset name of each concatenateddataset. When processingmultivolume datasets,File-AID reports thenumberof records processed andvolume serialnumber ofeach volume.

ISAM Access RulesFile-AID accepts allISAM record and block formats asinput or output. WhenFile-AID readsunblockedISAM datasets with arelative keyposition (RKP) ofzero, it reads the key and dataportions of therecordinto contiguousareas, andsets the relativelocation pointer to thefirst data byte(between the key anddata). See Figure 2-4 onpage 2-10.


ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿³ Zero ³³ Negative Relative Positive ³³ Relative Location Relative ³³ Location ³ Location ³³ ³ ³³ ³ ³³ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ³ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ³³ ³ Key ³ ³ ³ Data ³ ³³ ³ Portion ³ ³ ³ Portion ³ ³³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ

Figure 2-4. ISAM Relative Location Pointer (Unblocked RKP=0)

To locate the keyportion of therecord, use a negativerelative location. Tolocate the dataportion of therecord, use a zero or positiverelative location.When copying these records tononkeyedoutput datasets, use theMOVEparameter with anegative relativelocation to transfer both the key and data tothe outputdataset.

For example, if a record has a 15-byte key and a 100-byte dataportion, use aMOVE parameter to copy both the key and the dataportion of therecords asfollows:

MOVE=(1,115,-15)

If the dataset isvariable length andunblocked, code theMOVE parameter asfollows:

MOVE=(1,0,-15)

This format isrequired for variable-length,unblockeddatasets because the indi-vidual record length isunknown.

Note: If the ISAM file has imbeddedkeys(RKP>0) , youcannotreference thekey with a negative relativelocation.

BDAM Access RulesFile-AID accepts allinput BDAM formats except formatsthat are spanned orcreated with trackoverflow. Keyed BDAM datasets are processedlike keyedISAM datasets as discussed in“ISAM AccessRules” onpage 2-9. Use theMOVE parameter asdescribed forISAM files to copy both the key and dataportions ofkeyedBDAM datasets.

When copying to aBDAM file, and thenumber of inputrecords isless thanthe number ofavailableoutput slots,File-AID does not write null(binaryzeros) records to theunusedslots.

File-AID uses theBSAM accessmethod toreadBDAM datasets.

Keyed BDAM output datasets should be written inascending key sequence.The key is expected to begin ininput record location one(1), followed by thedata.


VSAM Access RulesFile-AID accepts threeVSAM formats(KSDS, ESDS,RRDS) containingfixedor variable-length records asinput or output.

VSAM datasets are always consideredfixed length andcontain noRDW.When File-AID copies variable-lengthVSAM datasets to variable-lengthsequentialoutput datasets, RDWs are automatically added to theoutputrecords. When the outputdataset isanotherVSAM dataset,File-AID copiesthe inputrecord length to theoutput VSAM record length.

When File-AID createsVSAM datasets, they areinitially opened with theresetoption (load mode). If anerror is returned from theopenmacro, theresetoption is turned off and another open macro istried. If an error isstill f ound,the returncode is reported andprocessing of the datasetceases.

Datasets not opened with theresetoption become datasetextensions forESDSor RRDS datasets, and inserts or extensions forKSDS datasets.File-AID pro-vides messagesthat tell you how theoutput datasets areopened.

File-AID createsVSAM control blocks during execution with the generate-control-block(GENCB) macro. These controlblocks provide transparencybetween operatingsystems, and the ability to acceptaccessmethodchanges,which may be implemented byIBM.

One set of controlblocks is used forinput VSAM datasets andanother set isused foroutput VSAM datasets, exceptoutputscreated with theWRITEparameter.

Currently,File-AID/Batch does notsupport the IBM AMPparameter fordefining buffer space forVSAM datasets.

BPAM Access RulesFile-AID accepts all PDS record andblock formats. Itprocessesconcatenatedinput PDSs with orwithout a MEMBER parameter. If theMEMBER param-eter is used,File-AID processes only thespecifiedmember(s). If theMEMBERS parameter isused,File-AID processes only themembers thatmatch thespecifiedmask.

Members canalso be selected by using theMBRNAME parameter toidentify arange of PDSmembers by member name.

PDSs withstandardISPF statistics can be processed by testing the statiticsusing the range parameters:CREATED, CHANGED, and USERID.

When no memberfilter parameters arespecified,File-AID processes allmembers of allspecifiedconcatenatedinput PDSs.

When processing a PDS with a printingfunction, File-AID starts a new pageand prints the name of eachselectedmember. If youspecifyP A R M = T S O onthe EXECstatement, File-AIDdoes not start a new page for each newmembername. (See“TSO Execution Parameters” onpage 6-2 formore information.)

Load Module Copying RulesThe following rulesapply whenusingFile-AID/Batch to copy load modulesfrom one loadlibrary to another:

Both the output and theinput datasetmust bepartitioned andmust have anundefined record format.


Reblocking is not supported. The blocksize of theoutput datasetmust beequal to orlarger than theblock size of theinput dataset. Thelogical recordlength is ignored.

Copying load modulescreated forplannedoverlay, scatter-loaded, or notelisted modules is not supported.

Copying aliases is notsupported. If analias iscopied, themain module thatthe alias refers to iscopied and thealias name isstored.

Input Dataset RequirementsFile-AID can process 1 to 100input datasets during an execution with nolimi-tation on type or mixture ofdataset organizations.

Blocked and Unblocked DatasetsFile-AID processes blocked orunblockeddatasets using thedata-control-block(DCB) information on the inputdataset. To override theinput dataset's DCBsettings,enter thedesiredrecordformat (RECFM), record length(LRECL),and blocksize(BLKSIZE) in the DCB field of the input DD statement.

Variable-Blocked-Spanned DatasetsFile-AID automaticallyprocesses variable-blocked-spanned (VBS) datasets intheir completed format. If VBSdatasetsmust beprocessed as segments, codethe RECFM on theinput DD statement(//DDxx) asRECFM=VB.File-AID does not process VBSBDAM datasets in the completedformat.

Proprietary Source Library DatasetsFile-AID supportsseveralproprietary sourcelibrary formats as primaryinput(DD01) including:

CA-PanvaletCA-LibrarianGEM (Fujitsu)

Note: File-AID enables you toCOPY from (but not to) aCA-Panvalet,CA-Librarian, or GEM dataset. TheCA-Panvalet, CA-Librarian, or GEMdatasetcannot be thedestination dataset(DDxxO) in a COPY statement.

Some additional installation steps may be required to activatesupport. Refer tothe File-AID Installation Guide.

Tape DatasetsFile-AID processes tapeinput using the datasetinformation on the tapelabel.If the tape is unlabeled ornon-standardlabeled,File-AID uses the DCBdefaultsR E C F M = U andBLKSIZE=32767. Ifneeded, use JCL parametersto override labelinformation.

Variable-Length Record DatasetsFile-AID can copyvariable-length datasets to fixed-length datasets.Ensure thatdata is not truncated in the operation. Therecord descriptorword (RDW)parameterspecifies the handling of the RDWword for printing andprocessing.

Unit Affinity StatementWhen File-AID processesmore than onedataset, and eachresides on thesamephysical storageunit, use the unitaffinity option to minimize unit allocationtime.


File-AID works with each datasetseparately; it always closes thecurrent datasetbeforeopening the next one. Therefore, multipleinput or output datasets canlogically occupy the samephysicalunits to reduceexcessiveunit allocation. Todo this, code theunit affinity statement in the input DDstatements asshown inthe following example:

//DD01 DD DSN=NAME1,UNIT=TAPE//DD02 DD DSN=NAME2,UNIT=AFF=DD01

Note: If you intend towrite the USER function output to tape, pleasereadAppendix A, “Examples” onpage A-1Examples 35 and 36.

Output Dataset RequirementsA maximum of 100 outputdatasets of any dataset organization oraccessmethod can becreated during aFile-AID execution. Createoutput datasetswith the COPY,DROP, REFORMAT, orUSER functions. When youcreatedatasets with theCOPY, DROP or REFORMATfunctions, records arewritten to the correspondingoutput //DDxxO DD dataset. When youcreatedatasets with theUSER function, theWRITE=anynameparameterdirectsoutput to a//anyname DD. See“JCL Required for Execution.”

You can writeoutput datasets to tape,disks, cards, orprinters. File-AIDcopies basic DCBinformation from theinput dataset when no DCB informa-tion is specified for theoutput dataset.

JCL Required for ExecutionThe JCL used to executeFile-AID/Batch follows the same format and structureas a typical MVSbatch job. The JCL mustinclude a jobstatement,executestatement, and datadefinition statements for allinput andoutput files.

File-AID/Batch canalso be executed as a callablesubroutine. See Chapter 6,“Execution Methods andParameters” onpage 6-1 for requirements.

The JCL used to executeFile-AID/Batch islisted in Figure 2-5 onpage 2-14.Each statement of the JCL isdescribed below.


//JOBNAME JOB JOB CARD INFORMATION//STEPNAME EXEC PGM=FILEAID,REGION=4096K//STEPLIB DD DSN=FILE-AID LOAD LIBRARY NAME//STEPCAT DD DSN=CATALOG NAME//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*//SYSLIST DD SYSOUT=*//SYSTOTAL DD SYSOUT=*//DDxx DD DSN=INPUT DATASET NAME//DDxxO DD DSN=OUTPUT DATASET NAME//DDxxRF DD DSN=REFORMAT DEFINITION DATASET NAME//DDxxRL DD DSN=RECORD LAYOUT DATASET NAME//DDxxXR DD DSN=XREF DATASET NAME(XREF MEMBER)//DDxxSC DD DSN=SELECTION CRITERIA DATASET NAME(SC MEMBER)//DDxxCP DD DSN=COMPARE CRITERIA DATASET NAME//DDxxC DD DSN=NEW COMPARE DATASET NAME//ANYNAME DD DSN=OUTPUT DATASET NAME//SYSIN DD *(CONTROL CARDS)/*//

Figure 2-5. JCL Required for File-AID Execution

EXEC: Required statement thattells theoperating system toexecuteprogramFILEAID.

Compuwarerecommendsspecifying aregion of 4096K orgreater to avoid anymemory/shortage problems, or you may use thefollowing recommendations:

1024K When executingFile-AID from a LINKLIST (most functions).

2048K When executingFile-AID from a STEPLIB.

3072K If you are using alargeblocksize or processing alargenumber ofDD statements.

4096K When executing theFile-AID APRINT, CONVERT, orFPRINTfunction or parameter.

If you specifyP A R M = T S O whenprinting PDS members, printoutput isfor-matted in 80character mode and a new page is not started for eachmember.(See“TSO Execution Parameters” onpage 6-2 for additionalinformation.)

STEPLIB: Optional statement to use only when programFILEAID is notpresent in thenormal link libraries of your system.

STEPCAT: Optional statement that points to acatalogthat contains the data-sets when thedatasetsreside in acatalogother than thesystem catalog. Inmost cases,STEPCAT may beeliminated or replaced with aJOBCAT state-ment.

SYSPRINT: Lists all submitted controlcards, and all error andcompletionmessages issuedduring execution. IfSYSPRINT is notprovided,File-AIDdynamically allocates it. DefineSYSPRINT as anoutput writer class(SYSOUT=*) or a sequentialfile.

SYSLIST: Optional statement to use whenselecting data forhardcopyoutput.Define SYSLIST as anoutput writer class. IfSYSLIST is notprovided,


File-AID dynamically allocates it.SYSLIST mayoptionally bedefined as asequentialfile.

SYSTOTAL: Optional statementused toreceive areport showingcommentsand totals produced by anyACCUM parameters. DefineSYSTOTAL as anoutput writer class(SYSOUT=*), or asequentialfile.

Note: To direct SYSPRINT,SYSLIST, orSYSTOTAL to adataset, the DCBattributes areR E C F M = F B M , LRECL=133 andBLKSIZE=n*133. Usingan LRECL of 80forcesFile-AID/Batch to produceoutput in 80charactermode. If P A R M = T S O isspecified,print dataset attributes aremodified toLRECL=80. (See“TSO Execution Parameters” onpage 6-2 for additionalinformation.) AnyLRECL larger than 80 andless than 133 cantruncate printlines and should beavoided. If theRECFM of thedataset is not FBM, itwillbe modified to FBM byFile-AID at execution time, unlessinstall option dis-placement X' 22' is set to A, in whichcase theRECFM ischanged toFBA.

DDxx: Describes theinput datasets toFile-AID. The xx value can be anynumberfrom 00 to 99that matches a corresponding controlcard ($$DDxx).Access amaximum of 100 inputdatasets per execution. Youmust use atleastone DDxx statement.

DDxxO: Defines anoutput dataset to be created by aCONVERT, COPY,DROP or REFORMATfunction. The xxvaluemust match the xxvalue inthe correspondinginput dataset(DDxx). Process amaximum of 100 outputdatasets per execution. The datasets can be on tape,cards, printers, ordisks.Basic DCB information (RECFM, BLKSIZE, LRECL) is copied from the cor-respondinginput dataset unless otherwisespecified.

DDxxRF: Defines areformat definition dataset created withFile-AID onlineReformat utility. Specify the PDSmember name inparentheses. This DD isonly required when using theREFORMAT function. The DD isgeneratedfrom File-AID online option 9, Reformat, whenprocessing inbatch isrequested.

DDxxRL: Defines a recordlayout dataset, aCOBOL or PL/I copybooksourcePDS, or aPANVALET or LIBRARIAN library to use with theFPRINT function or parameter.Specify themember name with theLAYOUTparameter. This DD is required whenusing theFPRINT function or param-eter and theRLPRINT parameter.

DDxxXR: Defines a recordlayout cross reference(XREF) dataset. Enclosethe XREF member name inparensafter thedatasetname. This DD isgener-ated from File-AIDonline option 5.1, Print Data, whenlayout usage is X(UseXREF).

DDxxSC: Defines aFile-AID selection criteriadataset. Enclose the selectioncriteria member name inparensafter thedatasetname. This DD isgeneratedfrom File-AID online options, such as Search/Update,Print and Compare,when using selection criteria.

DDxxCP: Defines a datasetcontaining the key information and comparecri-teria to be applied during acompare. This DD isgeneratedfrom File-AIDonline option 10, Compare.

DDxxC: Defines the new dataset andmember to be compared. This DD isgeneratedfrom File-AID online option 10, Compare.


ANYNAME: Optional statement that is onlyrequired with theUSER func-tion. Defines anyoutput datasetspecified by theWRITE parameter of theUSER function. Use any name.File-AID can create a defaultmaximum ofeight datasets per execution. To change the default value, and to allow theWRITE parameter toreference up to 99datasets, seeparameter“MAXOUT(MO)” on page 4-30. Basic DCBinformation (RECFM, LRECL, BLKSIZE)is copied from the currentopen inputdataset unless otherwisespecified.

The DD namesDDxxM, DDxxRL, DDxxSC, DDxxXR, FAPRINT,FAUDCTL, FAUDWKF, SYSLIST, SYSPRINT, and SYSTOTAL arereserved for use byFile-AID. Do not use forANYNAME.

SYSIN: Defines theinput controlcards to process. Place allFile-AID controlcards after theSYSIN card. They must be in80-characterformat, but may bestored on any type ofphysical sequentialdevice. If nocontrol cards are sub-mitted, File-AID defaults to aCOPY function for everypair of input andoutput datasets(DDxx and DDxxO)specified in theJCL.

The control statement ($$DD01) corresponds to theinput dataset(//DD01)and the outputdataset(//DD01O) because bothcontain the samevalue in theDDxx field.

3-1

Chapter 3.Functions and Modifiers

This chapterdiscusses theFile-AID/Batch functions and how toappend modi-fiers to functions. Brief descriptions of each function andmodifier are discussedin “Function andModifier Descriptions” onpage 1-4.

To savetime, you can abbreviate functions oncontrol cards. Table 3-1 onpage 3-2 shows theabbreviation for each function and its applicablemodifiers.


Table 3-1. Function Abbreviations

Function Abbreviation

APRINT AP

COMPARE None

CONVERT None

COPY C

COPYALL CA

COPYBACK CB

COPYMEM CM

DROP DR

DUMP D

DUMPALL DA

DUMPBACK DB

DUMPMEM DM

FPRINT FP

FPRINTALL FPA

FPRINTBACK FPB

FPRINTMEM FPM

LIST L

LISTALL LA

LISTBACK LB

LISTMEM LM

PRINT P

PRINTALL PA

PRINTBACK PB

PRINTMEM PM

REFORMAT R

RLPRINT RLP

SCPRINT SCP

SPACE S

SPACEBACK SB

TALLY T

UPDATE UP

UPDATEALL UA

USER US

VTOCDSN VTD

VTOCINFO VTI

VTOCMAP VTM

XRPRINT XRP

FunctionsThis sectiondescribeseachFile-AID/Batch function, discusses itsapplicationsand restrictions, and provides examples of its use.Many of theexamples useparameters; each parameter isdefined in“Parameter Descriptions” onpage 1-6and fully explained inChapter 4, “Parameters” onpage 4-1. Other examplesof functions are provided in Appendix A, “Examples” onpage A-1.

Functions and Modifiers 3-3

APRINT (AP)The APRINT function prints the audittrail file in formatted, character, orhexadecimalformat. The audittrail file is createdfrom File-AID online option2 (Edit) or option 3.6(Search/Update). If the audittrail file was created usingrecord layouts orXREFs, File-AID prints the audittrail file in formattedformat by default. Use theFORM parameter with theoption CHAR or HEXto override the default printingformat. Theinput DD (DD01) mustspecify anexisting validaudit trail file. The report is written to theSYSLIST DD.

Example:$$DD01 APRINT FORM=CHAR

This example prints the audittrail file in character format.

Note: The APRINT function must be thelast function specified in thecontrolcardconcatenation. Any functionfollowing the APRINT function is ignored.The audittrail datasetmust bespecified asDD01.

COMPAREThe COMPAREfunction compares the contents of twofiles. You cancompare adataset of anyfile organizationsupported by File-AID to any othersupportedfile organization. Specify the name of the olddataset inDDxx andthe name of the new dataset inDDxxC. You mustalsospecify thecomparecriteria againstwhich thesefiles arecompared inDDxxCP. You must createthe compare criteria dataset fromFile-AID online option 10 (Compare).Referto the File-AID MVS Online Reference Manual(SPF and XE)for more infor-mation on the Comparefunction and itsfeatures.

CONVERTThe CONVERTfunction is used to perform thefollowing conversions:

CopiesexistingFile-AID Release 6 selection tables to the newFile-AIDRelease 8XREF format.

CopiesexistingFile-AID Release 7XREFs to the newFile-AID Release 8XREF format.

Copies File-AIDRelease 7 saved selection criteria to the new Release 8 savedselection criteriaformat.

Copies and combines File-AID for IMSXREFs to theFile-AID Release 8XREF format.

Specify theTYPE parameter toindicate the type ofFile-AID information youwant to convert. TheTYPE parameter is required.

Note: For sample JCL and instructions on how to use theCONVERT func-tion for each type of conversion, see theFile-AID/MVS Installation Guideorthe File-AID/MVS User's Guide.

Release 8XREF members can contain the dataset name of itsassociatedlayouts. Release 6 selection tables and Release 7XREFs do notcontain theassociatedlayouts' dataset names.CONVERT does notcompensate forthisdiscrepency.Instead,File-AID Release 8prompts you on an asneeded basisfor a layout datasetname.


Example:$$DD01 CONVERT TYPE=MAPSEL

This example convertsFile-AID Release 6 selection tables toFile-AID Release8 record layoutcross reference(XREF) format.

COPY (C)The COPYfunction lets youcopy data. To copyspecificdatasetareas, recordtypes, ornumber ofrecords, use selection and limitingparameters with theCOPY function. UseCOPY with action parameters, such asEDIT, REPL, orMOVE, to copy a dataset andchange thecontent of itsrecords. Specify theCEM parameter to copy empty members of a partitioneddataset.

After completing aCOPY function, File-AID reports onSYSPRINT thenumber of PDSmembersprocessedand/or thetotal number ofcopied records,the outputdatasetname, and theoutput volume serialnumbers.

Notes:

1. If File-AID is executedwithout any controlstatements, itdefaults to aCOPY function for everypair of input andoutput datasets(DDxx andDDxxO) specified in theJCL.

2. To process multiple conditionalupdates (IFREPL, IF EDIT, IF MOVE),while copying all records, use the ALLfunction modifier (COPYALL(CA)).

3. File-AID/Batchdoes notsupportcopying a PDS to andfrom a tape.

4. File-AID enables you toCOPY from (but not to) aCA-Panvalet,CA-Librarian, or GEM dataset. TheCA-Panvalet, CA-Librarian, or GEMdatasetcannot be thedestination dataset(DDxxO) in a COPY statement.

Example 1:$$DD01 COPY IF=(6,EQ,C'12345'),OUT=60,PRINT=5

Example 1copies thefirst 60 input recordsthat contain thestring 12345begin-ning in location 6, to theoutput dataset, and prints thefirst five recordsselected.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY REPL=(12,EQ,C'X',C'Z'),DUMP=100

Example 2copies theinput dataset,replaces anycharacterX located in location12 with a characterZ , and dumps thefirst 100 records copied.

Example 3:$$DD01 COPY ACCUM=(8,5,C,'QUANTITY FIELD')

Example 3copies theinput datasetwhile accumulatingfive bytes ofzonednumeric character databeginning in location 8. Theresultingtotal is labeledQUANTITY FIELD, and isprinted on theSYSTOTAL DD if it is defined. Ifno SYSTOTAL DD isprovided, the totals appear onSYSPRINT.

Example 4:$$DD01 COPY SELECT=4,OUT=100,IF=(1,EQ,X'010C')

Example 4creates an extractfile of everyfourth input recordthat contains ahexadecimal value of010C beginning in location 1. Amaximum of 100recordsare copied.


DROP (DR)The DROPfunction eliminates unwanted recordsfrom a datasetwhile copyingit. Use the IF, AND, and ORIFselectionparameters tospecify therecords tobe dropped.Specify the CEMparameter to copy empty members of aparti-tioned dataset. Use the IN,OUT, or DROP limiting parameters tostopDROP processing. After completing aDROP function, File-AID reports thenumber of droppedrecords on theSYSPRINToutput.

Note: The DROPfunction is not an update-in-place. Theinput andoutputfiles cannot be thesamefile.

Example 1:$$DD01 DROP IF=(4,7,NEP)

Example 1copies all of theinput dataset records anddrops anyrecordthatdoes notcontain avalid 7-byte packedfield beginning in location 4.

Example 2:$$DD01 DROP IF=(15,EQ,P'1,2'),DROP=200

Example 2copies theinput dataset to theoutput dataset, and stopsafter drop-ping the first 200records containing avalid packedfield of any length, thatbegins inlocation 15, and has an arithmeticvalueequal to1 or 2. For moreinformation on packed datatesting, see“PackedData” on page 2-7.

Example 3:$$DD01 DROP IF=(1,EQ,C'A,B'),ORIF=(19,LT,P'101'),OUT=15

To create an extractfile, Example 3copies theinput dataset and drops anyrecordthat eithercontains the letterA or the letterB in location 1, or containsa packed data valueless than101 in location 19. Processingstops when 15records are copied.

DUMP (D)The DUMP function prints datasets orportions ofdatasets in character andvertical hexadecimalformat. It also displays recordnumber,record length,RBA address (VSAM) or RRN(VSAM RRDS andBDAM), block size, andphysicallocation (disk files). Figure 7-25 on page 7-12 is anexample of theoutput produced by theDUMP function. DUMP output ispresented 100characters at a time, on fourlines (CHAR, ZONE, NUMR and scale). Acolumn scale isprinted undereach 100 characters to help you locatedata. Thecolumn scaleprint is controlled by theFORM parameter.

Use parameters to control thenumber, or selection, ofrecords to print. Whenno limiting parameters arespecified, aninstallation defaultmaximum of 250records aredumped. Thisdefault prevents youfrom accidentally generating alargevolume of print. Use theO U T = n parameter tooverride the default. Usethe MOVE parameter to print onlyselectedportions ofeach record.

Example 1:$$DD01 DUMP OUT=5

Example 1 prints thefirst five recordsfrom the input dataset in a formatthatshows both the character and hexadecimaldata. This application ofDUMP isuseful forpacked andother nonprintable data.


Example 2:$$DD01 DUMP REPL=(110,EQ,P'50',P'200'),OUT=25

Example 2 prints thefirst 25 records containing a packedvalue of50 in location110. Theprint shows the replacement of thevalue50 with the value200without actually changing theinput data. Using theDUMP function instead ofthe UPDATE function lets you seeyour changes before youapply them.

FPRINT (FP)The FPRINTfunction printsrecords informatted mode,presenting the dataaccording to aCOBOL or PL/I record layoutlike the formatteddisplay ofonline File-AID Browse or Edit. Use theSHOW parameter to control theformat of the information presented foreach layoutfield. SHOW=FORMAT,SHOW=NUMBER, SHOW=OFFSET, and SHOW=PICTURE arevalidoptions for theSHOW parameter. ExampleFPRINT output is in“FPRINTRequest” onpage 7-16.

Use parameters to control thenumber, or selection, ofrecords to print. Whenno limiting parameters arespecified, aninstallation defaultmaximum of 250records isprinted in format mode. Thisdefault prevents youfrom accidentallygenerating alargevolume of print. Use theO U T = n parameter tooverride thedefault.

You must supply aDDxxRL DD JCL statement to define arecord layout.Use the LAYOUT or MAPparameter tospecify theDDxxRL datasetmembercontaining the source record layout. Optionally, if youwant to use a File-AIDXREF member toautomatically select layouts to format the data,include theDDxxXR DD JCL statementidentifying theXREF dataset andmember touse. TheDDxxRL is still required when using anXREF and itmust identify avalid source library not anexplicit member.

Example:$$DD01 FPRINT OUT=20,LAYOUT=EMPLOYEE,SHOW=FORMAT

This example prints thefirst 20 records informatted mode,using theEMPLOYEE layout from theDD01RL DD.

Notes:

1. If the DDxxXR ispresent toidentify a File-AID XREF member,eachrecord type is automatically formattedusing the recordlayout in theDDxxRL member asspecified in theXREF logic.

2. Installations using alternatecopy libraries,such asLIBRARIAN andPANVALET, and installations usingHiragana,Katakana, or Kanjichar-acter sets aresupported only when the appropriate File-AID/Batchinstalla-tion options are set asdescribed in theFile-AID Installation Guide.

3. The FPRINTfunction does notlist redefinitions.

LIST (L)The LIST function prints alphanumericinput data only anddoes notshowrecordnumber or any otherrecord information. It isgenerallyused tolist JCL,card images, andother character data. TheLIST function prints packed andbinary data as blanks. BecauseFile-AID lists 100bytes of data perline, LISTdisplays recordslarger than 100bytes on multiple lines. ExampleLIST outputis shown inFigure 7-28 on page 7-15. Nocolumn scale isprinted undereach


line when using theLIST function. However, acolumn scaleheading may berequested with theF O R M = S H O R Tparameter.

Use parameters with theLIST function to control thenumber, or selection, ofrecords tolist. When no limiting parameters arespecified, aninstallationdefaultmaximum of 250records is listed. This default prevents you fromacci-dentally generating alargevolume of print. Use theO U T = n parameter tooverride the default. Use theMOVE parameter to print onlyselectedportionsof each record.

When listing input recordsthat are 80bytes or smaller,File-AID can bedirected toformat 80characterprint lines. Either directSYSLIST to adatasetwith an LRECL=80, orspecifyP A R M = T S O (see“TSO ExecutionParameters” onpage 6-2) on theEXEC JCL statement.

Example:$$DD01 LIST OUT=5

This example prints thefirst five recordsfrom the input dataset in a formatthatshows only the character data.

PRINT (P)The PRINT function prints alphanumeric data andlabelseach record with itsrecordnumber,record length, RBA address (VSAM) or RRN(VSAM RRDSand BDAM), block size, andphysicallocation (disk files). ThePRINT func-tion prints packed or binary data as blanks. BecauseFile-AID prints 100 bytesof data per line, thePRINT function displays recordslarger than 100bytes onmultiple lines. Acolumn scale isprinted undereachline to help you locatedata. Thecolumn scaleprint is controlled by the FORM parameter. ExamplePRINT output isshown inFigure 7-26 on page 7-13.

Use parameters with thePRINT function to control thenumber, or selection,of records to print. When no limiting parameters arespecified, aninstallationdefaultmaximum of 250records is printed. Thisdefault prevents youfromaccidentally generating alargevolume of print. Use theO U T = n parameter tooverride the default. Use theMOVE parameter to print onlyselectedportionsof each record.

Example:$$DD01 PRINT OUT=5

This example prints thefirst five recordsfrom the input dataset in a formatthatshows the character data, the recordnumber,record length, andother informa-tion abouteach record.

REFORMAT (R)The REFORMATfunction reformats data as it isbeing copied. Thisfunctionrequires a reformat definition created with theReformatutility of File-AID.You must supply aDDxxRF DD statement to point to the PDS member con-taining the reformatdefinition. The OUT andREFOUT parameters are theonly parametersthat can bespecified with theREFORMAT function. Formore information on the Reformat utility, see theFile-AID MVS Online Refer-ence Manual (SPF and XE).

The REFORMATfunction is not supported ininteractive execution.


RLPRINT (RLP)The RLPRINT function prints aCOBOL or PL/I record layoutdisplaying thefield level, field name, format,field number,start location, end location, andfield length. Youmust specify aDDxx DD JCL statement to define therecordlayout input dataset. Youmust specify theMEMBER parameter. You canprint the record layouts of multiplemembers byspecifyingadditional memberson the MEMBERparameter.

Concatenated inputfiles are notsupported forRLPRINT.

Example:$$DD01 RLPRINT MEMBER=EMPLOYEE

This example prints record layoutinformation for the memberEMPLOYEE.

SCPRINT (SCP)The SCPRINTfunction prints the dataset containing theselection criteriacreatedfrom File-AID online functions. Youmust specify aDDxx DD JCLstatement to define theselection criteriaprimary input dataset. Youmustspecify theMEMBER parameter. You can print multipleselection criteriamembers byspecifyingadditionalmember names on theMEMBER parameter.

Concatenated inputfiles are notsupported forSCPRINT.

Example:$$DD01 SCPRINT MEMBER=EMPSELC

This example prints theselection criteriadatasetmemberEMPSELC.

SPACE (S)The SPACEfunction moves the current recordpointer forward or backward(SPACEBACK), skipping over sections of any dataset, and positioning thepointer at aspecific record for asubsequent function. This position is main-tained only if the subsequent functionprocesses thefile in the same direction.Reversing the processing direction causesFile-AID to reset thepointer toeitherthe beginning or end of thefile.

Example:$$DD01 SPACE IN=100

In this example,File-AID opens thedataset forinput andreads thefirst 100records. Anyfunction (exceptUPDATE) can now becoded to beginproc-essing withrecord101.

Following theSPACE or SPACEBACKfunction with anUPDATE functionalso causesFile-AID to reset its recordpointer andlose itsposition in thefile.Positioning in thefile cannot bemaintained because theUPDATE functionrequires the dataset to beclosed andreopened for update. Toestablishpositionin a file before applying anUPDATE function, thefollowing example codingmay be used:

$$DD01 UPDATE IN=100 ESTABLISH POSITION$$DD01 UPDATE REPL=(10,EQ,C'ABC',C'XYZ') EXAMPLE OF CHANGE

The SPACEfunction canalso be used forcountingoccurrences of data in afile(when used with theEDIT or REPL parameters)without updating thefile.


TALLY (T)The TALLY function lets youcombine groups ofselectionparameters withACCUM parameters to provide audit-type totals for entirefiles. To place thetitles andtotals produced by aTALLY function on a separateoutput dataset,define the SYSTOTALdataset in the JCL job stream. IfSYSTOTAL is unde-fined, theTALLY output appears on theSYSPRINTdataset along with theother programmessages. TheTALLY function always processes allparametergroups for eachinput record, as if the ALL modifier hadbeenspecified. Thus,TALLYALL is not valid.

Example:$$DD01 TALLY IF=(10,EQ,C'90'),ACCUM=(16,'TOTALS 1990'),

IF=(6,EQ,C'08'),IF=(10,EQ,C'90'),ACCUM=(16,'AUGUST 1990')

This example locates any recordthat has avalue of90 in locations 10 and 11,and accumulates the packedfield that begins inlocation 16. If locations 6 and7 contain avalue of08, File-AID takes a secondaccumulation. After exe-cution, theresultingaccumulation totals arelabeledTOTALS l990 andAUGUST 1990when printed on theSYSTOTAL dataset.

Accumulation Comment CardsCommentcards can be used to generate headings foraccumulations printed onthe SYSTOTAL outputdataset. Commentcards areoptional and can beentered at any time. Because they areprinted in the order in which they arecoded, place thecommentcards immediately before thecontrol cardsthatprocess theaccumulation.

Code accumulationcommentcards with an asterisk (*) inlocation 1.

Example:* GENERAL LEDGER CREDIT TOTAL - JUNE$$DD01 TALLY IF=(12,EQ,C'06'),ACCUM=(8,3,C,'SUBTOTAL')

File-AID prints the accumulationcommentcardsfirst. It then produces a two-line dataset identificationmessage after thecomment andbefore theaccumu-lation.

The first line is thestatement:

FOLLOWING TOTALS DEVELOPED FROM

The secondline is theinput dataset name and volumeserialnumber.

The next linecontains the accumulationoutput totals. See“SYSTOTALOutput” on page 7-22 forexamples ofaccumulationoutput.

UPDATE (UP)The UPDATE function updatesrecords in placethat have beenaltered withaction parameters such asEDIT or REPL. UseUPDATE to makepermanentchanges to anexistingdataset rather than to a copy ofthat dataset. The OUTparameter isignored when used with theUPDATE function.

You can use the optional hardcopy print parameters,DUMP or PRINT, toproduce a report of yourchanges. You can preview areport of yourchangesby first using a printingfunction (such asDUMP, LIST, PRINT or FPRINT)with your EDIT and REPLchange parameters.


Then, if all changes lookgood, change the printing function toUPDATE andresubmit the job to apply thechanges.

Caution

File-AID allows multiple updateaccess on adataset when theinput file isallocated withDISP=SHR. Toavoid updates to a dataset bymore thanone user at the same time, useDISP=OLD in theJCL.

When theUPDATE function is used on aPDS, amember or group ofmembers can bespecified with theMEMBER or MEMBERS parameters. Tospecify one ormore specific members, use theMEMBER parameter. Theentire dataset is read forupdate whenMEMBER or MEMBERS are notused.After UPDATE is executed, thenumber of updatedmembers andrecords arelisted on thefunction statistics linesprinted on theSYSPRINTdataset.

Notes

The UPDATE function requiresthat aparameter bespecified on the firstcontrol card.

The UPDATE function is not supported for concatenateddatasets.

To process multiple conditionalupdates (IFREPL, IF EDIT), use theALL function modifier (UPDATEALL(UA)). See “ALL (A)” onpage 3-14.

USER (US)The USERfunction is a form ofCOPY that creates new records or datasets.USER allows greatercontrol whenwriting output records and datasets.USERcan perform threetasks:

Insert new records at anypoint in adatasetRepeatrecords with changed dataWrite multiple output datasetsfrom a single input dataset.

New records are built by copying theinput record, or by moving data to theoutput record with theMOVE parameter. File-AIDautomatically copies theinput record to theoutput whenexecuting aUSER function, except when aMOVE parameter isused. With the MOVE parameter, File-AIDinitializes theoutput area to binaryzeros, and assumesthat theparameter statements buildthe entire record.(Use thePADCHAR parameter tooverride the defaultinitialization value ofbinary zero.) If a location has no datamoved to it, binaryzerosremain. Theoutput area is not reinitializedbetweenwrites.

The USERfunction always processes allparameter groups for eachinputrecord, as if the ALL modifier hadbeenspecified. Thus,USERALL is notvalid.

Note: An installation defaultforces theUSER function to close all of itsoutput datasets after each use. This allows theoutput from a USER functionto be used asinput to anotherfunction in the same job step. See theFile-AIDInstallation Guidefor information onchanging this default.

Note: If you intend towrite the USER function output to tape, pleasereadAppendix A, “Examples” onpage A-1Examples 35 and 36.


Example 1:$$DD01 USER WRITE=OUTPUT

Example 1copies theinput dataset andwrites it to thedatasetdefined with aDD name ofOUTPUT .

Example 2:$$DD01 USER SELECT=10,IF=(40,NE,C'X,Y,Z'),WRITE=EXTRACT,OUT=25

Example 2creates an extractfile with the DD name ofEXTRACT . Thisdataset containseverytenth record on theinput datasetthat contains avaluenot equal to the charactersX, Y, or Z in location 40. Amaximum of 25records are written to theoutput extractfile.

Example 3:$$DD01 USER WRITE=A,IF=(1,0,C'CANCEL'),WRITE=A

Example 3repeats a record. Thefirst WRITE parameterwrites all inputrecords to theoutput dataset with the DD name ofA. The IF parameterselects anyinput recordthat contains thestring CANCEL . The secondWRITE parameterwrites therecord a second time.

Example 4:$$DD01 USER WRITE=NEWDSN,IF=(21,EQ,P'5'),MOVE=(1,0,1),

MOVE=(21,P'155'),WRITE=NEWDSN

Example 4repeats a record with changed data. Thefirst WRITE parameterreads in a record andwrites it out. The IFparameter checks to see if the recordcontains a packeddecimal value of5 beginning in location 21. Thefirst MOVEparametercopies theinput record to theoutput area. The secondMOVEparameter moves the two-byte packeddecimal value155 to location 21. ThesecondWRITE parameter thenwrites the newlybuilt record to theoutputdataset with the DD name ofNEWDSN.

Example 5:$$DD01 USER F=JCL,WRITE=NEWJCL,IF=(1,20,C'EXEC'),

MOVE=(1,80C' '),MOVE=(1,C'//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=A'),WRITE=NEWJCL

Example 5 builds andinserts new records atspecific locations in anoutputdataset as it is copied from theinput dataset. The IF,MOVE, andWRITEparameters are used toinsert aSYSUDUMP DD statementafter eachEXECstatement in a JCL job stream.

The F(FORM)parametertells File-AID to expect JCLdata. Thefirst WRITEparametercopies acomplete JCL statement from theinput dataset to theoutput dataset. The IF parameterlocates any JCLstatement thatcontains acharacter stringEXEC in the first 20locations of the statement.When anEXEC is found, thefirst MOVE parameter places 80blanks in theoutput area.The secondMOVE parameterloads the required datainto the record. ThesecondWRITE parameterwrites the newlybuilt record to the dataset with theDD name ofNEWJCL .

Note: F O R M = J C L is notvalid with all syntax forms of theMOVE param-eter. See“MOVE (MV)” on page 4-33 formore information.


VTOCDSN (VTD)The VTOCDSNfunction displays VTOCsummary information anddatasetnames inalphabetical sequence based on thespecifiedparameters. Thesummary informationidentifies thevolume serialnumber andincludes VTOCstatistics,DSCB, and freespace statistics. For eachdatasetname, the reportlists thefile organization, thenumber oftracks, the percentage of tracks used,and the number ofextents.

This function is equivalent toFile-AID's online VTOC utility (3.7) optionBLANK (List VTOC entries in dataset name sequence). Refer to theFile-AIDMVS OnlineReference Manual(SPF and XE)for additional information onthe VTOC utility.

You mustspecify either theVOLSER or UNIT parameter. TheVOLSTATand DSNAME parameters are optional. If you want tolimit the number ofdatasets within avolume or unit, use theDSNAME parameter tospecify apatterndataset orfully-qualified datasetname. If you want to perform multi-volume processing,combine theVOLSER, UNIT, and VOLSTAT parameters.

Example 1:$$DD01 VTOCDSN VOLSER=PRD902

This examplelists thedatasetsfrom anddisplayssummary informationaboutvolume PRD902.

Example 2:$$DD01 VTOCDSN UNIT=3390,DSNAME=+.FASAMP.*

This examplelists thedatasetsfrom anddisplayssummary informationaboutunit 3390. TheDSNAME parameterlimits which dataset names areincludedin the reportbased on thepatterndatasetname. Based on thispattern,File-AID ignores any high-level qualifiers and displays onlythosedatasetsending inFASAMP.anything.

VTOCINFO (VTI)The VTOCINFOfunction displaysvolume informationincluding thevolumeserialnumber,devicetype, mount status, percentage of thevolume allocated,VTOC statistics,DSCB, anddistributed free spacestatistics. The VTOC statis-tics includevolume size in tracks, percentage of tracks used, andwhether or notthe volume isindexed. DSCB anddistributed free spacestatistics include thenumber ofdataset controlblocks, thenumber of freecylinders, themaximumnumber ofcontiguous freecylinders, thenumber of freetracks, and themaximum number of contiguous freetracks.

You mustspecify either theVOLSER or UNIT parameter. TheVOLSTATparameter is optional.

The VTOCINFOfunction is equivalent toFile-AID's online VTOC utility(3.7) option I (List Volume Information). Refer to theFile-AID MVS OnlineReference Manual(SPF and XE)for additional information on the VTOCutility.


Example:$$DD01 VTOCINFO VOLSER=(PROD,WORK02),VOLSTAT=STG

This exampledisplaysvolume information for all volumes with volumeserialnumbers thatstart with thefirst four lettersPROD and forvolume serialnumberWORK02. Theinformation is furtherlimited to those volumes with avolume status of STG(storage).

VTOCMAP (VTM)The VTOCMAP function displaysvolume and dataset information inaddresslocation sequence based on thespecifiedparameters. Thesummary informationidentifies thevolume serialnumber andincludes VTOC statistics,DSCB, andfree space statistics. For eachdatasetname, the reportlists thefile organization,the number oftracks, the percentage of tracks used, and thenumber ofextents.

You mustspecify either theVOLSER or UNIT parameter. Use theVOLSTAT parameter tolimit the information to volumes with aspecifiedvolume status. Use theDSNAME parameter tolimit the VTOC processing todataset namesthat match a uniquedataset orpatterncharacters.

This function is equivalent toFile-AID's online VTOC utility (3.7) option M(Map VTOC entries inpack location sequence). Refer to theFile-AID MVSOnline Reference Manual(SPF and XE)for additional information on theVTOC utility.

Example:$$DD01 VTOCMAP UNIT=SYSDA,DSNAME=USERID.FASAMP.*

In this example,File-AID displaysvolume information anddatasetsthat matchthe userid.FASAMP.* dataset namepattern in the SYSDAunit.

XRPRINT (XRP)The XRPRINT function prints members of therecord layoutcross reference(XREF) dataset. TheXREF datasetmust bespecified as theprimary inputdataset(DDxx). You mustspecify theMEMBER or MEMBERS parameterto identify theXREF member(s) to print. Use theRLPRINT parameter toprint the associated record layouts. If you use theRLPRINT parameter,specify therecord layout dataset name in theDDxxRL DD statement.

Concatenated inputfiles are notsupported forXRPRINT.

Example:$$DD01 XRPRINT RLPRINT=Y,MEMBER=(ORDRFILE)

This example prints theXREF memberORDRFILE and theassociated recordlayouts found in theDDxxRL DD statement.

Function ModifiersFunctionmodifiers alter orcontrol the way functions operate. Three functionmodifiers are available:ALL, BACK, and MEMBER. Brief descriptions offunction modifiers are given in“Function andModifier Descriptions” onpage 1-4. Thissectiondiscusses the use andformat of the three functionmodi-fiers andprovides examplecontrol statements.


ALL (A)The ALL modifier allows afunction to process an entire dataset,regardless ofselection criteria. Inaddition, groups of parameters may be used to performmultiple subfunctionsagainst asinglerecord. You canform these groups bycontiguously coding IF parameters separated byaction or limiting parameters.

The ALL modifier has noeffect on thenumber ofrecordsthat areprinted.Refer to“OUT (O)” on page 4-38 tocontrol the printing ofoutput records.

The ALL modifier may be appended to functions asfollows:

COPYALL (CA)DUMPALL (DA)FPRINTALL (FPA)LISTALL (LA)PRINTALL (PA)UPDATEALL (UA).

Note: The ALL modifier cannot bespecified on theAPRINT, COMPARE,CONVERT, DROP,RLPRINT, SCPRINT,SPACE, TALLY, USER,VTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, VTOCMAP, andXRPRINT functions. TheTALLY and USER functionsalways process allparameter groups for eachrecord.

Example:$$DD01 COPYALL IF=(1,EQ,C'1'),REPL=(25,C'0'),

IF=(5,EQ,C'2'),REPL=(30,C'1')

This example copies the entire datasetwhether any record matches the criteriaor not. A REPL operation isapplied to any recordthat matches either of theIF criteria.

BACK (B)The BACK modifier allowsbackwardprocessing of all recordformats withinany sequential orVSAM dataset. All parameters may be used with thismodi-fier.

The BACK modifier may be appended to functions asfollows:

COPYBACK (CB)DUMPBACK (DB)FPRINTBACK (FPB)LISTBACK (LB)PRINTBACK (PB)SPACEBACK (SB).

The BACK modifier cannot bespecified with theAPRINT, COMPARE,CONVERT, DROP,RLPRINT, SCPRINT,TALLY, UPDATE, USER,VTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, VTOCMAP, andXRPRINT functions.

Note: The BACK modifier is notsupported forgeneration data groups(GDGs) orconcatenated datasets.


Example:$$DD01 DB OUT=100

This exampledumps thelast 100 records of theinput dataset.

When afunction that uses the BACKmodifier is followed byanother functionthat uses the BACKmodifier, the secondfunction begins where thefirst func-tion stopped.

For example, when thefollowing control cards are run against a 100-recordinput file, File-AID lists records 90through 81.

$$DD01 SPACEBACK IN=10$$DD01 LISTBACK OUT=10

However, when a functionthat uses theBACK modifier is followed byanotherfunction that doesnot use the BACKmodifier, the secondfunction begins withthe first record in thefile.

In the following example, acommonmisunderstanding isthat it will list the last10 records of thefile. Instead,File-AID lists the first 10 records of theinputfile.

$$DD01 SPACEBACK IN=10$$DD01 LIST OUT=10

When File-AID'sprocessing direction isreversed(that is, fromforward to back-ward or backward to forward), itmust close and reopen thefile which loses thefile position of the previous function.

MEM (M)The MEM modifierselectsmembers in a PDSbased on thecontent of themember. MEMallows File-AID to search forspecific dataconditions withineachmember, and then toprocess the entiremember if the condition is found.

Append the MEMmodifier to functions asfollows:

COPYMEM (CM)DUMPMEM (DM)FPRINTMEM (FPM)LISTMEM (LM)PRINTMEM (PM).

Note: The MEM modifier cannot bespecified on theAPRINT, COMPARE,CONVERT, DROP,RLPRINT, SCPRINT,SPACE, TALLY, UPDATE,USER, VTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, VTOCMAP, andXRPRINT functions.

Example:$$DD01 LISTMEM F=JCL,IF=(1,0,C'DSN=PROD.'),IF=(1,0,C'DISP=SHR,DISP=OLD')

This examplelists all records of anymember thatcontains a JCL statementwith the stringDSN=PROD. and either of the stringsDISP=SHR orDISP=OLD .

4-1

Chapter 4.Parameters

This chapterdiscusses the use andsyntax ofFile-AID/Batch parameters. Abrief description of parameters and the various parametertypes aregiven in“Parameter Descriptions” onpage 1-6. Theabbreviation and type of eachparameter isgiven in Table 4-1.

Valid abbreviations are alsogiven in parentheses in the parameter and elementheadings. Keywords (or abbreviations)must bespelled exactly asshown inthismanual. Defaultvaluesthat areassumed when the parameter is not coded areindicated with the syntax and the element descriptions.

Eachsection of this chapterdescribes the use andsyntax of a parameter.Example control statements aregiven for theparameters.Other examples arelocated in Appendix A,“Examples” onpage A-1.

Table 4-1 (Page 1 of 2). Parameter Abbreviations and Types

Parameter Abbreviation Type

ABEND AB Control

ACCUM A Printing

AND (none) Selection

CEM (none) Control

CHANGED CHA Control

CHARSET CHAR Control

CREATED CRE Control

DROP DR Limiting

DSNAME DSN Control

DUMP D Printing

EDIT E Action

EDITALL EA Action

ERRS ERR Control

FEOV FE Control

FORM F Control

FPRINT F Printing

IF (none) Selection

IN I Limiting

IOEXIT (none) Control

KEY K Control

LAYOUT (none) Control

LIST L Printing

LPI (none) Control

MAP (none) Control

MAXENT ME Control

MAXOUT MO Control

MBRNAME MBR Control

MEMBER M Control


Most parameters can be used with any function, butsome areignored duringcertain functions.Parameter compatibility with thevarious functions isshownin Table 4-2.

Table 4-1 (Page 2 of 2). Parameter Abbreviations and Types

Parameter Abbreviation Type

MEMBERS MS Control

MOVE MV Action

NEWMEM NM Control

NEWMEMS NMS Control

ORIF OR Selection

OUT O Limiting

PADCHAR PAD Control

PDSSTAT MPS Control

PRINT P Printing

RBA (none) Control

RDW (none) Control

REFOUT RFO Control

REPL R Action

REPLALL RA Action

RLM (none) Control

RLPRINT RLP Printing

RRN (none) Control

SELECT S Limiting

SHOW (none) Control

STOP ST Control

TYPE TYP Control

UNIT (none) Control

USERID USR Control

VOLSER VOL Control

VOLSTAT VST Control

WRITE W Action

Table 4-2 (Page 1 of 2). Function/Parameter Compatibility

Function (Abbreviation)

Parameter(Abbreviation)

AP

RIN

T(A

P)

CO

MP

AR

E

CO

NV

ER

T

CO

PY

(C)

DR

OP

(DR

)

DU

MP

(D)

FP

RIN

T(F

P)

LIS

T(L

)

PR

INT

(P)

RE

FO

RM

AT

(R)

RLP

RIN

T(R

LP)

SC

PR

INT

(SC

P)

SP

AC

E(S

)

TA

LLY

(T)

UP

DA

TE

(UP

)

US

ER

(US

)

VT

OC

DS

N(V

TD

)

VT

OC

INF

O(V

TI)

VT

OC

MA

P(V

TM

)

XR

PR

INT

(XR

P)

ABEND (AB) X X X X X X X X X XACCUM (A) X X X X X X X X X XAND X X X X X X X X X X

CEM X XCHANGED(CHA)

X X X X X X X X X X X X X

CHARSET(CHAR)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

CREATED (CRE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X

DROP (DR) XDSNAME (DSN) X XDUMP X X X X X X

Parameters 4-3

Table 4-2 (Page 2 of 2). Function/Parameter Compatibility

Function (Abbreviation)

Parameter(Abbreviation)

AP

RIN

T(A

P)

CO

MP

AR

E

CO

NV

ER

T

CO

PY

(C)

DR

OP

(DR

)

DU

MP

(D)

FP

RIN

T(F

P)

LIS

T(L

)

PR

INT

(P)

RE

FO

RM

AT

(R)

RLP

RIN

T(R

LP)

SC

PR

INT

(SC

P)

SP

AC

E(S

)

TA

LLY

(T)

UP

DA

TE

(UP

)

US

ER

(US

)

VT

OC

DS

N(V

TD

)

VT

OC

INF

O(V

TI)

VT

OC

MA

P(V

TM

)

XR

PR

INT

(XR

P)

EDIT (E) X X X X X X X X XEDITALL (EA) X X X X X X X X XERRS (ERR) X X X X X X X X X X

FEOV (FE) X X XFORM (F) X X X X X X X X X XFPRINT (FP) X X X X X X

IF (AND) X X X X X X X X X XIN (I) X X X X X X X X X XIOEXIT X X X X X X X X X X X X

KEY (K) X X X X X X X X X X

LAYOUT XLIST (L) X X X X X XLPI X X X X X X X X X X

MAP XMAXENT (ME) X X X X X X X X XMAXOUT (MO) XMBRNAME(MBR)

X X X X X X X X X X X X X

MEMBER (M) X X X X X X X X X X X X XMEMBERS (MS) X X X X X X X X X X X X XMOVE (MV) X X X X X X X X

NEWMEM (NM) X X XNEWMEMS(NMS)

X X X

ORIF (OR) X X X X X X X X X XOUT (O) X X X X X X X X X

PADCHAR(PAD)

X X X X X X X X

PDSSTAT (MPS) XPRINT (P) X X X X X X

RBA X X X X X X X X X XRDW X X X X X X X X X XREFOUT (RFO) XREPL (R) X X X X X X X X XREPLALL (RA) X X X X X X X X XRLM X X XRLPRINT (RLP) XRRN X X X X X X X X X X

SELECT (S) X X X X X X X X X XSHOW (SH) XSTOP (ST) X X X X X X X X X X

TYPE (TYP) X

UNIT X X XUSERID (USR) X X X X X X X X X X X X X

VOLSER (VOL) X X XVOLSTAT (VST) X X X

WRITE (W) X


ABEND (AB)The ABEND parametersetsend-of-job(EOJ) processing based onabnormalconditionsthat occur during execution.When alogic error occurs during anopen orcloseoperation or at EOVprocessing,File-AID traps the error,logs iton the SYSPRINTdataset, and continuesprocessing the next validcontrol cardor volume. BecauseFile-AID logs andignores DCBabends, theABENDparameter is used tocreate an external warningthat reflectstheseproblems.ABEND specifieswhether or not File-AID abends when I/Oerrors occur. Thesyntax of theABEND parameter is:

ABEND Parameter

ABEND=[n]

n: Value of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. The values are defined as:

0: File-AID completesnormal EOJprocessing by closing all thefiles andreflecting thehighestreturn code issued.

1: (Default) When an I/Oerror isfound (resulting in areturn code of 12 orhigher),File-AID completesnormal EOJprocessing by closing allfiles, theninitiates a userabend thatreflects thecondition code in the user codefield.This value flushes the jobstream and does notproduce adump.

2: File-AID initiates anabend when any nonzero returncode is found. Thecondition code is placed in the user codefield. This value flushes the jobstream and does notproduce adump.

3: When an I/Oerror is found,File-AID terminates allprocessing andproduces a dump of user code 12. Allsubsequent $$DDxx controlcards arenot processed.

4: When the number of data checksspecified in theERRS parameter is sur-passed,File-AID terminates allprocessing andproduces a dump of user code12. All subsequent $$DDxx controlcards are not processed.

Example:$$DD01 DUMP ABEND=2

This examplecausesFile-AID to abend if any nonzero returncode is generatedduring execution.

ACCUM (A)The ACCUM parameter accumulatesspecified fields in theinput records. Itcan be used at any time and with any function.Accumulations may beused tototal fields containing numeric character, packeddecimal, orbinary data. See“SYSTOTAL Output” on page 7-22 forreport examples.

The ACCUM parameter has two syntax forms for accumulatingdifferent datatypes:

Parameters 4-5

ACCUM Parameter

Character or binary data accumulationsyntax:

ACCUM=(location,length,data-type[,'description'])

Packeddecimal data accumulationsyntax:

ACCUM=(location[,'description'])

location: Any valid actual orrelative input location can be used as long as itdoes notexceed therecordsize.

length: Length of thefield to accumulate. This element is notspecified whenthe data to accumulate is packeddecimal. File-AID automatically determinesthe length of a packedfield (see“PackedData” on page 2-7). Forcharacterand binary data accumulations, the lengthmust bespecified. Maximum lengthvalues varybased on the type of data beingaccumulated asfollows:

Character data: 15 bytesBinary data: 4 bytes

data-type: Type of data toaccumulate. This element is notspecified whenaccumulating packed decimaldata. For character and binary dataaccumu-lations, the data-typemust bespecified. Validdata-typevalues are:

C Signed orunsigned numericcharactersB BinaryBS Binary signed.

When accumulating character data (data-type = C), each recordselected foraccumulationmust havevalid numeric character data at thespecifiedlocation.If invalid numeric data is found, an error isdetected and processing istermi-nated.

When accumulating packed data, length and data-type need not bespecified.However, each recordselected foraccumulationmust havevalid packed data atthe specifiedlocation. If invalid packed data is found, an error isdetected andprocessing isterminated.

For a binary data type"B", a length of 4 is alwayssigned. Lengths 1, 2, and 3are unsigned. Use a binary data type"BS" to haveFile-AID treat a length of 1,2, or 3 as a signedbinary integer. Table 4-3 onpage 4-6 shows examples ofinterpreted datavalues.


description: Optional description of accumulatedfields that appears on theoutput report. A maximum of 25alphanumericcharacters can be entered; theymust beenclosed insinglequotes. If nodescription isspecified,File-AIDprints thefield's location as the description.

Table 4-3. Interpreted Hex Data Values for Sign

Data Value Decimal Value

Unsigned HEX 80 128

Signed HEX 80 -128

Unsigned HEX 8000 32768

Signed HEX 8000 -32768

Unsigned HEX 800000 8388608

Signed HEX 800000 -8388608

Unsigned HEX FF 255

Signed HEX FF -1

Unsigned HEX FFFF 65535

Signed HEX FFFF -1

Unsigned HEX FFFFFF 16777215

Signed HEX FFFFFF -1

Example 1:$$DD01 COPYALL IF=(43,EQ,C'100'),ACCUM=(46,'BIN-100-WGT'),

IF=(43,EQ,C'101'),ACCUM=(46,'BIN-101-WGT')

Example 1copies theinput datasetwhile selectingrecords foraccumulation thatcontain thestring 100 or 101 in location 43. The records areselected by the IFparameters, and theACCUM parameters total the packedfield beginning inlocation 46. When executed, the totalsappear on theSYSTOTAL dataset, andare labeledBIN-100-WGT and BIN-101-WGT.

Example 2:$$DD01 TALLY IF=(10,EQ,C'91'),

IF=(14,EQ,C'01'),ACCUM=(18,4,B,'JANUARY-1991'),IF=(10,EQ,C'90'),IF=(14,EQ,C'01'),ACCUM=(18,4,B,'JANUARY-1990')

Example 2 usesACCUM with a TALLY function with more than one groupof selectionparameters. Thefirst group of parametersselects allrecordsthatcontain thecharacters91 in location 10 and the characters01 in location 14.The selectedrecords areaccumulated on the 4-byte binaryfield beginning inlocation 18. Theresultingtotal is labeledJANUARY-1991. The secondparameter groupselects andaccumulates the records for thetotal labeledJANUARY-1990.

Parameters 4-7

ANDThe AND parameter is a synonym of the IF parameter. It can beused afterthe inclusion of atleast one IFparameter. AND is used forclarity in state-ments. See “IF(AND)” on page 4-23 for validsyntax forms.

Example:$$DD01 COPY IF=(1,0,C'ABC'),

IF=(1,0,C'XYZ')

$$DD01 COPY IF=(1,0,C'ABC'),AND=(1,0,C'XYZ')

This example shows two equivalent statements. Thefirst statement uses two IFparameters. The second statement substitutes an AND parameter for thesecond IF.

CEMThe CEM parametercopiesempty members of a partitioneddataset. Thisparameter isvalid only with theCOPY andDROP functions.

CEM Parameter

CEM={N}{Y}

N: (Default) Do not copyempty members.

Y: Copy empty members.

Example:$$DD01 COPY CEM=Y

This example copies all of theinput dataset records, including theemptymembers.

CHANGED (CHA)The CHANGED parameterspecifies a daterangethat selects asubset ofmembersbased on their last modifieddate. This is a PDS statisticthat isstoredin its directory. Members without PDSstatistics, because theywere not created(STATS OFF) or thestatistics were deleted, are not selected.

Memberselection(MEMBER or MEMBERSparameter) is not supportedwith the CHANGED or CREATEDparameters.

CHANGED Parameter

CHANGED=(from-date,to-date)(,to-date)(from-date)from-date


from-date,to-date: Specifies theendpoint from andto-dates, in the formatyy/mm/dd, toinclude in thememberlist. The dates can becomplete or partial.Leading zeros are required whenspecifying the year,month, and day.

The following dateformats arevalid:

YY/MM/DDYY/MMYY

If the FROM date isomitted and a TO date isspecified,File-AID selects allmembers withmodification dates on or before thespecified TOdate.

If a FROM date is specified and the TO date isomitted, File-AID selects allmembers withmodification dates on orafter the specified FROMdate.

Entering the same dates in theFROM and TOfields selectsmembers withmodification datesthat match only thatdate. The two-characteryear isassumed between1960 and 2059.Partial dates are treated positionally(YY/MM/DD) and arepadded withdefault values (01/01 for FROM and 12/31for TO).

For example, if you omit a date range the defaultFROM valuebecomes1960/01/01 and the default TO valuebecomes2059/12/31. If you enter 85, thedefaults are 85/01/01 and 85/12/31. If youenter 85/09, thedefaults are 85/09/01and 85/09/30.

Example:$$DD01 LIST CHANGED=(94/07/19,94/07)

This example prints allmembers with alast modified datefrom July 19,1994 toJuly 31,1994.

CHARSET (CHAR)The CHARSETparameterspecifies the name of analternate translate table(code-page table) forFile-AID to use whenprinting characters. The defaulttable supports USAEnglish.

CHARSET Parameter

CHARSET=xxxx

xxxx: Specify one of the followingcode-page tablevalues. This value isappended to FAXT andinstructsFile-AID as to which table to use whenprinting. Valid code-page tablesshipped withFile-AID include:

BELG (Belgian)CNBL (Canadian-Bilingual)CNFR (Canadian-French)CYRL (Cyrillic)DFLT (the default USA code-page table)FREN (French)GREK (Greek)HEB (Hebrew pre-aleph)HEBO (Hebrew old)HEBN (Hebrew new)

Parameters 4-9

ICLN (Icelandic)KANA (Japanese)LATN (Roece Latin)PGSE(Portuguese)SPAN (Spanish)SWED (Swedish)SWFG (Swiss-French/Swiss-German)THAI(Thai)TURK (Turkish)YUGO (Yugoslav)3277 (3277terminals).

Example:$$DD01 LIST CHARSET=CNBL

This example prints the recordsusing theCanadianBilingual character set(code-page table).

CREATED (CRE)The CREATEDparameterspecifies a daterangethat selects asubset ofmembersbased on their creation date. This is a PDSstatisticthat isstored inits directory. Members without PDSstatistics, because theywere not created(STATS OFF) or thestatistics were deleted, are not selected.

Memberselection(MEMBER or MEMBERSparameter) is not supportedwith the CHANGED or CREATEDparameters.

CREATED Parameter

CREATED=(from-date,to-date)(,to-date)(from-date)from-date

from-date,to-date: Specifies the endpoint from andto-dates, in the formatyy/mm/dd, toinclude in thememberlist. The dates can becomplete or partial.Leading zeros are required whenspecifying the year,month, and day.

The following dateformats arevalid:

YY/MM/DDYY/MMYY

If the FROM date isomitted and a TO date isspecified,File-AID selects allmemberscreated on or before thespecified TOdate.

If a FROM date is specified and the TO date isomitted, File-AID selects allmemberscreated on or after thespecified FROMdate.

Entering the same dates in theFROM and TOfields selectsmemberscreatedonly on thatdate. The two-characteryear isassumed between1960 and 2059.Partial creation dates are treated positionally(YY/MM/DD) and arepaddedwith default values (01/01 forFROM and12/31 forTO).


For example, if you omit a date range the defaultFROM valuebecomes1960/01/01 and the default TO valuebecomes2059/12/31. If you enter 85, thedefaults are 85/09/01 and 85/09/30.

Example:$$DD01 LIST CREATED=(94/07/01,94/07/15)

This example prints allmemberscreatedfrom July 1,1994 toJuly 15,1994.

Example:$$DD01 LIST CREATED=(,90)

This example prints allmemberscreatedprior to December 31,1990(90/12/31).

DROP (DR)The DROPparameter controls themaximum number ofrecords eliminatedfrom a dataset,before processingstops, when aDROP function isexecuted. Atleast oneIF parametermust beentered before theDROP parameter isspeci-fied. Thesyntax of theDROP parameter is:

DROP Parameter

DROP=n

n: Number ofrecords todrop, based on the data contained in one ormoredata selectionparameters. Anynumberfrom 1 to 999999999 can beused.

Example:$$DD01 DROP IF=(6,EQ,C'ABCDE'),DROP=10

This example drops thefirst ten occurrences of recordsthat contain thestringABCDE beginning in location 6.

DSNAME (DSN)The DSNAME parameterlimits VTOC processing to datasetsthat match auniquedataset name or datasetsthat match thespecifiedpatterncharacters.This parameter isvalid only with theVTOCDSN and VTOCMAPfunctions.

DSNAME Parameter

DSNAME=dataset-name

dataset-name: Name of thedataset or dataset name maskspecified withpatterncharacters.

Example:$$DD01 VTOCDSN UNIT=3390,DSNAME=+.FASAMP.*

This exampledisplayssummary informationabout andlists thedatasetsfromunit 3390. TheDSNAME parameterlimits which dataset names areincludedin the reportbased on thepatterndatasetname. Based on thispattern,

Parameters 4-11

File-AID ignores anynumber ofleading qualifiers and displays alldatasets witha qualifier ofFASAMP.

DUMP (D)The DUMP parametergenerates a dump of a selectednumber ofrecords whilethe primary function(for example,COPY, etc.) continuesprocessing the entirefile. Figure 7-25 on page 7-12provides an example of theoutput produced bythe DUMP parameter or function.(Seealso “DUMP (D)” on page 3-5.)

Note: Do not use the DUMPparameter with theDUMP, LIST, PRINT orFPRINT functions.

The syntax of theDUMP parameter is:

DUMP Parameter

DUMP=n

n: Number ofrecords todump. Any numberfrom 0 (zero) to999999999 canbe used. Dumping of records can be based on one ormore dataselectionparameters. UseD U M P = 0 to dump allselectedrecords.

Example:$$DD01 COPY DUMP=25

This example copies the entire datasetwhile dumping thefirst 25 records.

EDIT (E)The EDIT parameterreplacescharacter, packed, or hexadecimal data in arecord with character, packed, or hexadecimal data of adifferent length. WhenEDIT is executed,File-AID shifts theremaining data to adjust for the change.The EDIT parameter onlychanges thefirst occurrence ofmatched compare-data in a record. To changemore than oneoccurrence of compare-data, usemultiple EDIT parameters. To change all occurrences, use theEDITALLparameter. The syntax of theEDIT parameter is:

EDIT Parameter

EDIT=(location,{length },[dupl]compare-data,new-data){operator}

location: Location where the search for the data begins. Anyvalid actual orrelative location can be used.

length: Length of thesearchfield. The valuemust be atleast one byte longerthan the compare-datalength. Anyvalid number can beentered as long as itdoes notexceed therecord length. Use 0 to search the area between thecurrentactual orrelative location and the end of the record.

operator: Any valid operatorelementlisted in “Operator Element” onpage 2-5is allowed.


dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDlooks for the compare-data to becontiguously repeated, starting at thespecifiedlocation. A dupl element isvalid only when anoperatorelementother thanNE is specified. Thedupl value is ignored when a length isspecified.

Note: The duplication factor is not used to determine the length of thecompare-data toreplace. Dupl is only used to determine if acondition ispresent. New-dataalways replacescompare-data.Dupl is ignored duringreplacement.

compare-data: Data tosearch for in thespecifiedlocation. Anyvalid data typedescribed in“Data Element” onpage 2-6 is allowed.Multiple compare-datavalues,separated bycommas, areallowed.

Note: When specifyingmultiple compare-datavalues,duplicationfactors arenot allowed. Also, theorder of the compare-dataelementvaluesdetermines thesequence of new-data replacements.Furthermore, whenmultiple compare-datavalues are specified with the EQoperator, thelengths of each compare-datavalue should be the same. Iflengths are not the same,File-AID uses thelengthof the first compare-datavaluespecified, whendetermining the length of thedata to replace. If a length isspecifiedinstead of anoperator,each of themul-tiple compare-datavalue lengths are used to change to thenew-data.

new-data: Data thatreplaces the compare-data when a match is found. If thenew-data length islarger than the compare-datalength, the remaining contig-uous data isshifted to the right. If thenew-data is shorter, the contiguous datato the right is shiftedleft and kept contiguous to the new-data.

When apacked data element is used as new-data, thenumber ofdecimal digits(including leading zeros),entered in thecontrol card, determines the length ofthe new packedfield (see“Example 5:” onpage 4-14).

When EDIT inserts data by replacing afield with another ofgreater length,File-AID shifts the data to the right to makeroom (see“Example 1:” onpage 4-13). This shift isdonefield by field. Fieldsthat areseparated bymorethan one blank may be compressed to asinglespace to makeroom for insertedfields (see“Example 2:” onpage 4-13).

Note: When using theUPDATE function, or whenusing theCOPY or USERfunction to write to a fixed length output record, truncationoccurs whenshifting to the right extends databeyond therecordboundary.

When EDIT replaces a datafield with new-data of shorter length,File-AIDshifts contiguous data to theleft until a blank is found (see “Example 3:” onpage 4-13). File-AID insertsblanks to compensate for theeliminated data. Ifno blanks are found, blanks areinserted at the end of the record (see“Example4:” on page 4-14).

When theEDIT parameter is used with theCOPY function to processvariable-length files, File-AID lengthens or shortens theoutput record when necessary.

In an UPDATE function, recordlengthsmust stay the same.When EDIT isused with theUPDATE function, lengthened records aretruncated asdiscussedin “Example 1:” onpage 4-13. Records from which data iseliminated duringan UPDATE function remain the same length becauseFile-AID addstrailingblanks tofill any remaining space in the record (see“Example 3:” onpage 4-13).

Parameters 4-13

Note: If the MOVE parameter is used with theEDIT or REPL parameters inone set of actions,specify theEDIT and/orREPL parametersbefore theMOVE parameter. TheEDIT and REPLparameters act on theinput record,and if the input data is moved to theoutput area, theEDIT or REPL changesfollowing a MOVE do not appear in theoutput dataset.

Example 1:EDIT=(1,5,C'1234',C'ABCDE')

Example 1 uses theUPDATE function andreplaces the compare-datastring1234 in a field with thelongernew-datastring ABCDE . When this statement isexecuted, the results on two records are:

Before:

----+----1----+----2----+----31234 ABCD9999999999999STUVWXYZ12346ABCD9999999999999STUVWXYZ

After:

----+----1----+----2----+----3ABCDE ABCD9999999999999STUVWXYABCDE6ABCD9999999999999STUVWXY

The last character of each record istruncatedbecause the length of both recordsis 30 bytes and theUPDATE function was used.

Example 2:EDIT=(1,6,C'AAAA',C'BBBBBBBB')

Example 2replaces stringAAAA with string BBBBBBBB. When thelongernew-datastring is inserted, thefields are shifted, and when required,com-pressed.When this statement isexecuted, the results on two records are:

Before:

----+----1----+----2----+----3AAAAA 12 34 56 789000AAAAA 123 456 78 900000

After:

----+----1----+----2----+----3BBBBBBBBA 12 34 56 789000BBBBBBBBA 123 456 78 900000

Example 3:EDIT=(1,5,C'1234',C'1')

Example 3replaces the string1234with the shorterstring 1. When this state-ment isexecuted, the results on two records are:


Before:

----+----1----+----2----+----31234 ABCD9999999999999ZZZZ12346ABCD9999999999999ZZZZ

After:

----+----1----+----2----+----31 ABCD9999999999999ZZZZ16ABCD9999999999999ZZZZ

Note thatbecauseRecord 1contained a blankafter the compare-datastring1234, File-AID insertsblanks immediatelyafter thenew-datastring 1.However,Record 2contained no imbedded blanks, so the remaining data isshifted to the left.

Example 4:EDIT=(1,6,C'AAAA',C'')

Example 4totally eliminates data by coding a null entry toreplace the stringAAAA . When this statement isexecuted, the results on two records are:

Before:

----+----1----+----2----+----3AAAAA 12 34 56 789000AAAAAAAA123 456 78 900000

After:

----+----1----+----2----+----3A 12 34 56 789000AAAA123 456 78 900000

Example 5:EDIT=(1,6,C'123',P'+00123')

Example 5converts a zoned numericvalue of123 to a 3-byte packed value of+123 (X ' 00123C' ). Leading zeros in the packednew-datavalue are used tocalculate thenew-data length. The plussign ( + ) in thenew-datavalue forces aC sign (positive) for the new packedfield. A minus sign (-), if specified, forcesa D sign (negative) for the newpackedfield. If no sign is specified, anF sign isplaced in the new packedfield. In this example, data does notshift because thecompare-data and the new-data are the samelength (three bytes).When thestatement shown inexample 5 is executed, the results on two recordsare:

Before:

CHAR 123ABC 123ZONE FFFCCC4FFFNUMR 1231230123

1...5...10

CHAR AB123C 123ZONE CCFFFC4FFFNUMR 1212330123

1...5...10

Parameters 4-15

After:

CHAR ABC 123ZONE 013CCC4FFFNUMR 02C1230123

1...5...10

CHAR AB C 123ZONE CC013C4FFFNUMR 1202C30123

1...5...10

Example 6:EDIT=(1,GT,P'1',P'+123')

Example 6changes a packedfield with a value greater than1 to a 2-byte packedvalue of+123 (X ' 123C' ). In this example, shifting of data may or may notoccur depending on the length of the packed compare-datafield at location 1.Remember that File-AIDautomatically determines the length of packedcompare-datafields. If the packed compare-datafield at location 1 isalso twobytes, data does notshift. However, if the packed compare-datafield atlocation 1 is not two bytes long, shifting of data occurs according to the rules ofEDIT. When thestatement shown inexample 6 is executed, the results onthree recordsare:

Before:

CHAR ABCD 123ZONE 2CCCC44FFFNUMR C123400123

1...5...10

CHAR ABCD 123ZONE 05CCCC4FFFNUMR 0C12340123

1...5...10

CHAR ABCD 12ZONE 008CCCC4FFNUMR 00C1234012

1...5...10

After:


1...5...10


1...5...10

CHAR ABCD 12ZONE 13CCCC44FFNUMR 2C12340012

1...5...10


EDITALL (EA)The EDITALL parameter is the same as theEDIT parameter,exceptthat itedits all occurrences of datawithin the areaspecified by astart location and alength. TheEDITALL parameterfollows the same shifting rules as theEDITparameter. The syntax of theEDITALL parameter is:

EDITALL Parameter

EDITALL=(location,length,compare-data,new-data)

location: Location where the search for the data begins. Anyvalid actual orrelative location can be used.

length: Length of thesearchfield. The valuemust be atleast one byte longerthan the compare-datalength. Anyvalid number may beentered as long as itdoes notexceed therecord length. Use 0 (zero) to search the area between thecurrent actual orrelative location and the end of the record.

compare-data: Data tosearch for in thespecifiedlocation. Anyvalid data typedescribed in“Data Element” onpage 2-6 is allowed.Multiple compare-dataelementvalues,separated bycommas, areallowed. Duplication factors are notallowed.

Note: When specifyingmultiple compare-dataelementvalues,File-AID usesthe length of eachcompare-datavalue to change the newdata. The order ofthe compare-dataelementvaluesdetermines the sequence of new-data replace-ments.

new-data: Data thatreplaces the compare-data when a match is found. If thenew-data length islarger than the compare-datalength, the remaining contig-uous data isshifted to the right. If thenew-data is shorter, the contiguous datato the right is shiftedleft and kept contiguous to the new-data.

Example:EDITALL=(1,50,C'ABC,GHI',C'')

This example eliminates all occurrences of thestringsABC and GHI becausethe new-data is a null entry.When this statement isexecuted, the results ontwo records are:

Before:

----+----1----+----2----+----3ABC 999 ABC 999 GHI999 GHIABCABC999GHIGHI999 ABC 999

After:

----+----1----+----2----+----3999 999 999

999999 999

Note that data isshifted left when noblanks separate the compare-data and theadjacent data.

Parameters 4-17

ERRS (ERR)The ERRSparameterspecifies thenumber of dataerrorsthat File-AID allowsbefore it terminatesprocessing.File-AID automatically traps and reports datachecks on tape volumes. The default is25 data checks per volume. Use theERRS parameter to set themaximum number ofprocessed data error checks,up to 99. The syntax of theERRS parameter is:

ERRS Parameter

ERRS=n

n: Number of data checks toprocess per volume. Anynumberfrom 0 (zero)to 99 can be used. Use 0 to process unlimited errors.When a datacheck isencountered, File-AID:

Logs it on theSYSPRINTdataset. See“JCL Required for Execution” onpage 2-13 forinformation onSYSPRINT.

Dumps the data on theSYSLIST dataset ifSYSLIST isallocated andEROPT=SKP is notcoded on the DD statement for the dataset containingthe errors. See“JCL Required for Execution” onpage 2-13 forinformationon SYSLIST.

Ignores the data check.

Skips theerroneous block of data.

Continues toprocess the remainingdata.

File-AID does not allow transfer of a data checkblock to anoutput dataset.

If a block count error occurs at the end of avolume containing datachecks, theDCB abendprocessor adds thenumber of datacheck blocks skipped to theDCB count. If the sum isequal to the systemcount, File-AID ignores theblock count error on that volume. If the sum is unequal to thesystemcount,File-AID logs theerror on theSYSPRINTdataset and continues with eitherthe next volume or the next control statement.

Note: ERRS isignored when usingFile-AID/Batch underTSO.

Example:$$DD01 COPY ERRS=99

This example copies theinput tape andallows as many as 99 data checksduring the execution of the statement.


FEOV (FE)The FEOVparameterforces thestart of a new tape when theinput datasetreaches End ofVolume (EOV). As aresult, theoutput and theinput datasetshave the samenumber ofvolumes (when theoutput tapeholds atleast as muchdata as the inputmedia). The records are splitamongvolumes in the same wayas the input.

Note: This parameter iseffective on onlyoutput tapes. The multivolumeinput can be on tape ordisk.

The syntax of theFEOV parameter is:

FEOV Parameter

FEOV={Y}{ N}

Y: EOV processing isperformed for theoutput tapedataset when theinputdatasetreachesEOV.

N: (Default) EOV processing is notperformed for theoutput dataset when theinput datasetreachesEOV.

Note: The FEOVparameter is onlyapplicable tomultivolume datasets wherethe output istape. UseFEOV only if an output dataset is present (whenDDxxO exists) and theoutput device istape.

Example:$$DD01 COPY FEOV=Y

This exampleforces EOV processing when theinput datasetreachesEOV.

FORM (F)The FORM parameter hasfive syntax formsthat controlfive File-AID proc-essingoptions:

Parameters 4-19

FORM Parameter

JCL FormatControl:

FORM=JCL

Printing Format Control:

FORM={LONG }{SHORT}

Multiple-PassProcessingControl:

FORM={NOMULTI}{MULTI}

Audit Trail Print Format Control:

FORM={HEX}{CHAR}

COMPAREFormat Control:

FORM={print format,report format,data format}

More than one FORM parameter can be used percontrol card. The use ofeach syntax is described below.

JCL Format ControlWhen JCLformat isspecified,File-AID internally stringstogether andlogicallyprocesses DD,EXEC, JCLLIB, JOB, OUTPUT, PROC,SET, andXMITstatements. All continuations for a JCL statement can beprocessed as if theywerecontained in asinglerecord. JCLformat control is onlyvalid for PDSswith LRECL=80. When using a length element in a scanningparameter(IF,EDIT, REPL), specify alength of 0 to scan to the end of thelogical JCL state-ment.

FORM=JCL

Note: File-AID does not check JCL syntax.

File-AID ignores databeyondphysicallocation 71 of each record.File-AIDlooks for a doubleslash ( // ) inlocations 1 and 2 to distinguish between JCLstatements and data orcomments ( //* ).

F O R M = J C L handles JCL statementsthat spanmultiple records andmust betreated as asingle logicalrecord. It isuseful whenmultiple search criteria couldbe found ondifferent physicalrecords within the samelogical JCL statement.


You can also useF O R M = J C L to makechanges to JCL with theEDITparameter when thelengths of the compare-data and the new-data are not thesame.

F O R M = J C L is notalways necessary when processingJCL. It is unnecessarywhen searching for asinglestring, or when the changes do notaffect thelengthof the statement. If youspecifyF O R M = J C L in thesecases,File-AID per-forms extraunneededprocessing.

Editing JCL records with theEDIT parameter mayshift or truncate data whenit is replaced with data ofanotherlength. When editing JCL andexpansion ofdata is required due to alarger length replace data value,File-AID adjusts theJCL statement asfollows:

If all data on one record does not fit between locations 16 and 71, it isshiftedas far as location 4 until it does.Commasremain to adjust the JCL to fit asneeded.

When theCOPY or USERfunction is used, JCL expansionthat extendsbeyondphysicallocation 71 of thelast physical record of the JCLstatement,is placed on a newcontinuationline. New orexpanded records arealignedwith location 16 ifpossible.

When theUPDATE function is used, newrecords are not inserted. If theJCL expansioncannot be accommodatedwithin the physical records of theJCL statement, truncationoccurs and a warningmessage isprinted.

When scanning JCL with theFORM=JCL , and youwant to scan until theend of the record, use a length element of 0. If you use anyother value, youcannot be sure that you arescanning to the end of the record.

When JCLformat isspecified, it is effectiveuntil a new$$DDxx statement isreferenced. A single JCLstatement can continue across 255records.

Note: The F O R M = J C Lparametercannot beused with theinput record datasyntax of theMOVE parameter.

Printing Format ControlThe FORM parameterchanges theprint format of File-AID whenused withthe DUMP, LIST, or PRINT functions and parameters. Twooptions areavailable: long andshort. The long formcauses acolumn scale toprint undereachline. Theshort formcauses thecolumn scale toappear only at the topand bottom ofeach page. The syntax forprinting format control is:

FORM={LONG }{SHORT}

LONG (L): (Default) Long form of print output.

SHORT (S): Short form of printoutput.

Examples of short- and long-form print formats aregiven in “SYSLISTOutput” on page 7-10.

The FORM parameter may be used at any time. It remains ineffect untilchanged byanother FORM parameter.

Note: When the LISTfunction or parameter isused, acolumn scale is onlyprinted whenFORM=SHORT.

Parameters 4-21

Multiple-Pass Processing ControlIf you must processmore than onefunction on agiven file, use FORM tospecify one pass tothat file for each function. TheFORM parameter is codedon the firstfunction cardthat references thefile. This eliminates the need formultiple DD statements pointing to the same datasetname. Thesyntax formultiple-pass processingcontrol is:

FORM={NOMULTI}{MULTI}

MULTI (M): Allows reprocessing of aninput file after end-of-file(EOF) isreached. AtEOF, theinput file is closed andreopened. Processingcontinueswith the next function at thebeginning of theinput file.

Notes:

1. Reprocessing of aninput file with F O R M = M U L T I only occurs whenEOF is reached by the current function. If EOF is not reached,processingcontinues with the next function, at the next record in theinput file.

2. F O R M = M U L T I is not compatible with theCOMPARE function.

NOMULTI (N): (Default) Does notallow reprocessing of theinput file, andgives amessage when EOF is reached.

Audit Trail Print Format ControlUse the FORMparameter with theAPRINT function to specify theformat ofthe printed audittrail report. Thedefault format isusually hexadecimal.However, if the audittrail was created with recordlayouts, thereport is printedin a formatted modeaccording to theCOBOL or PL/I record layout. You canoverrideformatted mode byspecifying either the HEX or CHARvalue on theFORM parameter. The syntax for audittrail print format control is:

FORM={HEX }{CHAR}

HEX: (Default) Prints the audittrail report in hexadecimalformat.

CHAR: Prints the audittrail report in character format.

Example:$$DD01 APRINT FORM=CHAR

This example prints the audittrail file in character format.

COMPARE Format ControlUse the FORMparameter with theCOMPARE function to specify the print,report, and data format. The syntax ordermust bespecified as print,report,and data. The syntax forCOMPARE format control is:

FORM={print format,report format,data format}

print format: The values forprint format are:

H (Default) HexadecimalF FormattedC Character.


report format: The values forreport formatare:

D (Default) DifferencesS SummaryL Long.

data format: The values for dataformat are:

E (Default) Single-byte character set(EBCDIC).M Mixed format (EBCDIC andDBCS).D Double-bytecharacter set(DBCS).

Refer to theFile-AID MVS Online Reference Manual(SPF and XE)for moreinformation on theCOMPARE function.

FPRINT (FP)The FPRINTparameter printsrecords informatted mode,presenting the dataaccording to aCOBOL or PL/I record layout,like the formatteddisplay ofFile-AID. Meanwhile, the primary function continues toprocess the dataset.You must supply a //DDxxRL DD in the JCL, and theLAYOUT or MAPparameter in the controlcards, to identify thelayout member name to use forthe formatted print.

Layout appearance can be controlled with theoptional SHOW parameter.SHOW=FORMAT, SHOW=NUMBER, SHOW=OFFSET, andSHOW=PICTURE arevalid options for theSHOW parameter.

Note: Do not use the FPRINTparameter with theDUMP, LIST, PRINT orFPRINT function.

The syntax of theFPRINT parameter is:

FPRINT Parameter

FPRINT={number}

number: Numberfrom 0 (zero) to999999999 specifying thenumber ofrecordsto print. Printing of records can be based on one ormore dataselectionparam-eters. UseF P R I N T = 0 toprint all selectedrecords informatted mode.

ExampleFPRINT output isshown in“FPRINT Request” onpage 7-16.

Example:$$DD01 COPY FPRINT=15,MAP=SMFA,SHOW=OFFSET

This example copies theinput datasetwhile printing thefirst 15 records, for-mattedaccording to the recordlayout in theSMFA member in theDD01RLDD.

Notes:

1. If the DDxxXR ispresent toidentify a File-AID XREF member,eachrecord type is automatically formattedusing the recordlayout in theDDxxRL member asspecified in theXREF logic.

2. Installations using alternatecopy libraries,such asLIBRARIAN andPANVALET, and installations usingHiragana,Katakana, or Kanjichar-

Parameters 4-23

acter sets aresupported only when the appropriate File-AID/Batchinstalla-tion options are set asdescribed in theFile-AID Installation Guide.

3. The FPRINTfunction does notlist redefinitions.

IF (AND)The IF parameterselects specificrecords to be processed by thefunction beingexecuted. AND is asynonym of IF; AND can beused after theinclusion of atleast one IFparameter (see“AND” on page 4-7). Themaximum number ofIF parametersthat can beentered is limited by the value of theMAXENTparameter. IF has two syntax forms based on two recordselection criteria:

IF Parameter

RecordSelection by Data Content:

IF=(location,{length },[dupl]data[,loc2,{len2 },[dupl]data2]...){operator} {oper2}

RecordSelection byValid Numeric or Packed Data:

IF=(location,length,[dupl] operator-data-type)

The syntax for each record selectionmethod isgiven below.

Record Selection by Data ContentWhen selecting arecord based onspecific datacontent, thesyntax of the IFparameter is:

IF=(location,{length },[dupl]data[,loc2,{len2 },[dupl]data2]...){operator} {oper2}

location: Starting location of the data tosearch. Any validactual orrelativelocation can be used.

length: Length of thesearchfield. The valuemust be atleast one byte longerthan the data element length. It can be anynumberfrom 0 (zero) to255. Use0 to scan to the end of the record.

operator: Operatorelementthat represents thecondition to test. Anyvalidoperatorelementlisted in “Operator Element” onpage 2-5 is allowed.

dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDfinds the data to becontiguously repeated, starting at thespecifiedlocation. Adupl element isvalid only when anoperatorelement isspecified. Otherwise,the duplvalue is ignored.

data: Data tosearch for in thespecifiedlocation or scan length. Anyvaliddata type listed in“Data Element” onpage 2-6 is allowed.


Note: Codemultiple location, length oroperator, and dataelements by sepa-rating them with commas,resulting in alogical OR condition.

loc2: Location ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

len2: Length ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

oper2: Operator ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

data2: Data ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

Example 1:$$DD01 DUMP IF=(23,EQ,C'TEST FILE')

Example 1generates a hexadecimalprint of recordsthat contain thestringTEST FILE beginning in location 23.

Example 2:$$DD01 PRINT IF=(1,EQ,C'A',17,EQ,C'1,2,3')$$DD01 PRINT IF=(1,EQ,C'A',17,EQ,C'1',17,EQ,C'2',17,EQ,C'3')

Example 2 shows twotypes of coding toprint recordsthat contain thechar-acterA in location 1, OR have the character1, 2, or 3 in location 17.

Example 3:$$DD01 PRINT IF=(1,EQ,C'A'),IF=(17,EQ,C'1,2,3')

Example 3 printsrecordsthat have the characterA in location 1, AND have thecharacters1, 2, or 3 in location 17.

Example 4:$$DD01 DUMP IF=(23,0,C'TEST FILE')

Example 4generates a hexadecimalprint of recordsthat contain thestringTEST FILE beginning in location 23, orbeyond.

Record Selection by Valid Numeric or Packed DataWhen selecting arecord based on the presence or absence ofvalid numeric orpacked data in agiven location, the syntax of the IF parameter is:

IF=(location,length,[dupl] operator-data-type)

location: Starting location of the data to examine. Anyvalid actual orrelativelocation can be used.

length: Length of the packed or numericfield to check. When numeric data isspecified indata-type, youmust use alength greater than 0 andless than orequal to256. When packed data isspecified indata-type, you may use a lengthvalue of 0through 16. The 0length tells File-AID to verify the presence orabsence of a packedfield of any length (1 to 16 bytes), beginning at thespeci-fied location.

Note: Code dupl, operator, anddata-type elements with no blanks betweenthem.

dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDchecks for the condition to be contiguouslyrepeated, starting at thespecifiedlocation.

Parameters 4-25

operator-data-type: The following operator-data-types arevalid:

EQP Equal packedNEP Not equal packedEQN Equal numericNEN Not equal numeric.

A value of EQP or NEP checks forpacked data. Avalid packedfield must besigned with C, F, or D.

A value of EQN or NEN checks for numeric data.Valid numeric datamusthave each byte of thefield in zoneddecimalformat (F0 - F9). Thelast bytecan be signed positive (C0 - C9), negative (D0 -D9), or unsigned (F0 -F9).

Note: When aduplication factor isspecified,File-AID checks allfields, beforeapplying the operator element, to determine if the record isselected. Forexample,5NEP, means therecord isselected ifthere is NOTfive contiguousvalid packedfields.

Example 5:IF=(20,5,10EQP)

Example 5 checks for ten contiguous packedfields of five bytes each beginningin location 20.

Example 6:IF=(6,10,EQN)

Example 6 checks for numeric databeginning in location 6 andcontinuing forten bytes.

Example 7:IF=(20,0,5EQP)

Example 7selectsrecordsthat havefive contiguous packedfields of anylengthbeginning in location 20.

Example 8:IF=(20,0,5NEP)

Example 8selectsrecordsthat do NOThavefive contiguous packedfields ofany length beginning in location 20.

IN (I)The IN parameter controls thenumber of inputrecordsthat File-AID processesbeforestopping. The syntax of the IN parameter is:

IN Parameter

IN=n

n: Any numberfrom 1 through999999999.


Example:$$DD01 COPY IN=200

This example copies thefirst 200 input records to theoutput file.

IOEXITThe IOEXIT parameterspecifies theinput andoutput I/O exit names. TheIOEXIT parametermust be thefirst parameterfollowing the function and itmust be on thesameline as thefunction. The syntax of theIOEXIT param-eter is:

IOEXIT Parameter

IOEXIT=(input exit name,output exit name)(,output exit name)input exit name

input exit name: Specifies the name of the exit for theinput file. You canspecify up toeight characters. If you do notspecify anoutput exit name, youcan specify theinput exit namewithout theparentheses.

output exit name: Specifies the name of the exit for theoutput file. You canspecify up toeight characters. If you do notspecify aninput exit name, youmust preface theoutput exit name with acomma andsurround thevalue withparentheses.

Example 1:$$DD01 COPY IOEXIT=(USXTYP1,USXTYP2)

This example copies afile using theinput exit, USXTYP1, and the outputexit,USXTYP2. Notethat IOEXIT exit program names areuser-defined.

Example 2:$$DD01 USER IOEXIT=USXTYP1,WRITE=EXTRACT,OUT=25

This examplecreates a newdataset by copying theinput dataset usingexitUSXTYP1, andcreates an extractdatasetcalledEXTRACT. A maximum of25 records are written to theoutput extractfile.

Example 3:$$DD01 COPY IOEXIT=(,USXTYP2),OUT=20

This example copies thefirst 20 records to theoutput dataset usingoutput exitUSXTYP2.

Parameters 4-27

KEY (K)Two KEY parameter syntax formscontrol two File-AID processoptions:

KEY Parameter

Key Print Control:

KEY={NO }{YES}

Random KeyRecordControl:

KEY=C'key-value'X'key-value'

Key Print ControlFile-AID prints the keyportion of all keyed datasets when the KEYparameteris set toYES. File-AID does notprint key information when the KEY param-eter is set toNO. When Key Print Control is notspecified, keyinformation isonly shown whenprinting akeyedBDAM file or an unblockedISAM file. SeeFigure 7-34 on page 7-20 for anexample of key information printing.

Note: KEY=YES does not have anyeffect onFPRINT.

Random Key Record ControlThe KEY parameter canalso initiate processing at a recordcontaining aspecifickey with the syntax:

KEY=C'key-value'X'key-value'

key-value: A character (C) or hexadecimal (X) data element as described in“Data Element” onpage 2-6.

The specified key can be thecomplete or partial key forretrievalpurposes. Apartial key is considered ageneric key. The KEYparameter isconsidered inerror if used with a datasetthat has no keylength.

Because the KEYparameter controls twoprocessingoptions, it can beusedtwice in onecontrol card.

Note: To begin processing at aspecific relativeblock address(RBA), see“RBA” on page 4-40.

Example:$$DD01 DUMP KEY=NO,KEY=C'ABC'

This example generates a hexadecimalprint of a keyedfile's records, beginningwith the first record having a key ofABC or higher. The keyfield is notprinted.


LAYOUTThe LAYOUT parameterspecifieswhich DDxxRL datasetmember isused toformat data for anFPRINT function or parameter. Thespecifiedmembermust be avalid COBOL or PL/I record layout. TheLAYOUT parameter isrequired if theDDxxRL DD defines aPDS,LIBRARIAN, or PANVALETlibrary. (See“FPRINT (FP)” on page 3-6 forinformation regarding the use ofalternate copylibraries.) If theDDxxRL DD defines a specific PDSmember,or is a sequentialfile, the LAYOUT parameter is not required. TheLAYOUTparameter is analias for the MAPparameter. The syntax of theLAYOUTparameter is:

LAYOUT Parameter

LAYOUT=name

name: Valid member name of up toeight characters.

Note: File-AID supports tencharactermember names if theDDxxRL DDdefines aPANVALET library.

Example:$$DD01 FPRINT LAYOUT=TAPELOG

This example prints the dataset in formatted modeaccording to the recordlayout in theTAPELOG member of theDD01RL DD.

LIST (L)The LIST parameter prints alist of selectedrecords while thefunction con-tinues to process the entire dataset. Any packed or binary data isprinted asblanks. Records printedusing theLIST parameter do not have recordnumber,record length, orcolumn scaledisplayed. ExampleLIST output isshown inFigure 7-28 on page 7-15.

Note: Do not use the LISTparameter with theLIST function.

The syntax of theLIST parameter is:

LIST Parameter

LIST=n

n: Number ofrecords tolist. Any numberfrom 0 (zero) to999999999 can beused. Listing of records can be based on one ormore dataselectionparameters.Use L IST=0 tolist all selectedrecords.

Example:$$DD01 COPY OUT=100,LIST=10

This example copies 100 records toDD01O andlists tenrecords toSYSLIST.

Parameters 4-29

LPIThe LPI parameteroverrides the defaultSYSLIST line count within File-AID.The linecount for line-type printers can be set to either 6 or 8lines per inch(LPI). Thesevaluesconvert to 8 and 12 LPI,respectively, whenused for page-type (laser)printers. The syntax of the LPI parameter is:

LPI Parameter

LPI={6}{8}

Although the LPI parameter can beused at any time, it should not beusedafter printing begins onSYSLIST.

Note: LPI is ignored when usingFile-AID/Batch underTSO.

Example:$$DD01 LIST LPI=8

This examplesets the LPI to 8 on a lineprinter, or 12 on alaserprinter.

MAPThe MAP parameterspecifieswhich DDxxRL datasetmember isused toformat data for anFPRINT function or parameter. Thespecifiedmembermust be avalid COBOL or PL/I record layout. The MAP parameter isrequired if theDDxxRL DD defines aPDS,LIBRARIAN, or PANVALETlibrary. (See“FPRINT (FP)” on page 3-6 forinformation regarding the use ofalternate copylibraries.) If theDDxxRL DD defines a specific PDSmember,or is a sequentialfile, the MAP parameter is not required. The MAP parameteris an alias for theLAYOUT parameter. The syntax of the MAP parameter is:

MAP Parameter

MAP=name


Note: File-AID supports tencharactermember names if theDDxxRL DDdefines aPANVALET library.

Example:$$DD01 FPRINT MAP=TAPELOG

This example prints the dataset in formatted modeaccording to the recordlayout in theTAPELOG member of theDD01RL DD.


MAXENT (ME)The MAXENT parameterchanges the defaultmaximumentry of 1,024param-eterspermitted per execution ofFile-AID. MAXENT must becoded as thefirst entry of a controlcard after thefunction identifier, unless theIOEXITparameter isalsospecified. If theIOEXIT parameter isspecified, itmust becoded as thefirst entry of the controlcard followed byMAXENT. TheMAXENT parameter can be used only once per execution.

When modifying theMAXENT parameter, keep inmind that File-AID allo-cates 32 bytes of storage space for eachcondition coded in an IF parameter. Asingle IF parameter coded with 3 conditions(for example, IF=(1,0,C'A,B,C') )uses 96 bytes of storage space.EDIT, EDITALL, REPL, and REPLALLparameters use 64 bytes of storagespace percondition. The syntax of theMAXENT parameter is:

MAXENT Parameter

MAXENT=n

n: Number ofparameterentries required. Themaximumallowed value is999999 (six digits). Thedefault value is1,024.

Example:$$DD01 USER MAXENT=5000,

IF=( ... ),

This example reservesspace for5000parameters requiring160,000bytes ofstorage. Ifsufficient memory is not available toaccommodate thespecifiednumber ofparameters, an error occurs andFile-AID proceeds to the nextcontrol card.

To avoid memory/storage problems whenincreasing theMAXENT parameter,you shouldalso increase the regionsize.

MAXOUT (MO)The MAXOUT parameterchanges the default value of eightoutput datasetsthat can becreated with aUSER function in conjuction with theWRITEparameter. The syntax of theMAXOUT parameter is:

MAXOUT Parameter

MAXOUT=n

n: Number of outputdatasets to create. It can be anynumberfrom 0 (zero)through 99. Thedefault value is8.

Note: If a largenumber ofdatasetswill be created,adjust the JCL to reduceblock sizes and thenumber ofbuffersacquired. This reduces the possibility ofexceedingregionsize.

Parameters 4-31

Example:$$DD01 USER MAXOUT=10,WRITE=(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J)

This example performs aUSER function while concurrentlycreating tenoutputdatasets.

Use the MAXOUTparameter only once per jobstep. TheMAXOUT settingis passed toother File-AID function that refer to thesameinput DD statement.

Examples$$DD01 USER MAXOUT=99,WRITE=(...$$DD01 USER WRITE=(...

In this example theMAXOUT setting of 99continues ineffect for thesecondUSER function.

$$DD01 USER MAXOUT=99,WRITE=(...$$DD02 USER WRITE=(...

In this example theMAXOUT setting of 99 is ineffect for the$$DD01 USERfunction. The$$DD02 USER function is limited to theMAXOUT default ofeight datasets.

MBRNAME (MBR)The MBRNAME parameterspecifies amember namerangethat selects asubset of membersbased on the characters in themember name.

MBRNAME Parameter

MBRNAME=(from-value,to-value)(,to-value)(from-value)from-value

from-value,to-value: Specifies the FROM and TO endpointmember names toinclude in thememberlist. The member names can becomplete or partial.Patterncharacters are not allowed.

As with the USERIDparameter, the from-value is padded with lowvalues, andthe to-value is padded with highvalues. Entering thesame characters in thefrom-value and to-valueselects allmembersbeginning withthosecharacters.

The from or to-valuemember name can be up toeight characters for aPDS,PDS/E, orCA-Librarian file, 10 for CA-Panvaletfile, and 16 for a GEMlibrary.

Example:$$DD01 LIST MBRNAME=(EMPL,EMPL)

This example prints allmembers thatbegin with the charactersEMPL.

Example:$$DD01 LIST MBRNAME=(,ACCTBZZY)

This example prints allmembers from thebeginning of the directorythroughmemberACCTBZZY.


Example:$$DD01 LIST MBRNAME=ACCTBZZY

This example printsmemberACCTBZZY and theremainingmembers throughthe end of the directory.

MEMBER (M)The MEMBER parameterselects one ormore specificmembers within a PDSfor processing. If a PDS is accessed and nomember isgiven, File-AID readsthe entire dataset.When theMEMBER parameter isused,File-AID processesonly the namedmember(s). The syntax of theMEMBER parameter is:

MEMBER Parameter

MEMBER={name }{(name1,name2...)}


You can specifymultiple member names byseparating each one with acommaand enclosingthem in parentheses. If youspecify only onemember name, it isrecommended that you do notenclose it in parentheses.

Example 1:$$DD01 COPY MEMBER=PROG241

Example 1copies thesinglememberPROG241.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY MEMBER=(PROG241,PROG242,PROG243)

Example 2copiesmembersPROG241, PROG242, andPROG243 to theoutput datasetDD01O.

MEMBERS (MS)The MEMBERSparameterselectsgroups of members from aPDS. File-AIDuses a maskfield to search the PDS directory for anymember names thatconform to thecharacters in the mask. The syntax of theMEMBERS param-eter is:

MEMBERS Parameter

MEMBERS={ALL }{mask-name}

ALL: (Default) SpecifiesFile-AID to select all members of thePDS.

mask-name: Mask for a specifiedgroup of members that can be anystring ofup to eight characters.Enter a - (hyphen), %(percentsign), * (asterisk), or ?(question mark) ineachappropriate location tohaveFile-AID ignore insignif-icant characters in thestring.

Parameters 4-33

Note: The MEMBERSparameter is not currentlysupported whenprocessingagainst aPDS/E library. There are no otherrestrictions onPDS/E processingwith File-AID.

Example 1:$$DD01 LIST MEMBERS=GE

Example 1lists anymember in the input PDS with a name thatbegins with thecharactersGE.

Example 2:$$DD01 PRINT MEMBERS=GE-----P

Example 2 prints anymember in the input PDS with a name thatbegins withthe charactersGE, and has aP in location 8. All othercharacters in the nameare ignored.

MOVE (MV)The MOVE parameter builds anoutput record by moving data to it. The datacan be supplied from either theinput record orcontrol cards. Two syntaxforms are used for the two data sources:

MOVE Parameter

Input Record Data:

MOVE=(to-location,length,from-location)

Control Card Data:

MOVE=(to-location,[dupl]data)

When aMOVE parameter isexecuted, data ismoved from theinput area,whereinput recordsreside, to theoutput area, where theoutput recordsreside.The outputarea is initialized to thePADCHAR value (which has a default ofX ' 00' ); any outputlocation that does not have datamoved to itretains thePADCHAR value. The initialization isperformed prior to thefirst recordbeing read and only atthat time. (See“PADCHAR (PAD)” on page 4-38.)You mustbuild the entireoutput record.

Data that hasbeen moved to anoutput location remains there untiloverlaid byanotherMOVE. This allows locations to beinitialized once andleft alonethroughsuccessivefunctions.

During a move, File-AID maintains tworelative locations,called theinput andoutput relative locations,that correspond to theinput andoutput areas. Theinput relative location advances whenever a scanningparameterresults in a hit.The outputrelative location advances when data ismoved to any location.Both the input andoutput relative location arereset to 0 (zero) whenFile-AIDreads a newinput record.


When building variable-length records,File-AID keeps track of the highestlocation to which data has been moved, andwrites arecord containing thegreatest length achieved. This feature allows the coding ofMOVE parametersthat referencelocations in any order orcombination of bothactual andrelativelocations. However, you should code actual locations fromleft to right or enterprimarily relative locations. This eliminatesconfusion as to whether the entirerecord has beenfilled.

When multiple variable-length records are created with multipleMOVE andWRITE parameters, the length of each record createdfrom a single input recordcan only be equal to orgreater than the preceding created record.

When records are copied to anoutput dataset with aMOVE parameter, and aDUMP, LIST, or PRINT parameter isalso used,File-AID prints both theinput andoutput records on theSYSLIST dataset. File-AID labels theoutputrecord asOUTPUT , and prints thelogical recordnumber andrecord length.

When theMOVE parameter is used with aDUMP, LIST, or PRINT function,File-AID treats the function as a request todisplay only the datathat wasmoved. File-AIDrecords allMOVE locations anddisplays a recordequal tothe highestlocation used. Thisoption isuseful when a smallportion of data ina largerecordmust beexamined.

The syntax of theMOVE parameter is based on whether theinput data isreceivedfrom an input record orcontrol cards. Eachsyntax is described below.

Notes:

1. You cannot use theInput Record Datasyntax of theMOVE parameterwith the F O R M = J C Lparameter.

2. If the MOVE parameter is used with theEDIT or REPL parameters in oneset of actions,specify theEDIT and/orREPL parametersbefore theMOVEparameter. TheEDIT and REPLparameters act on theinput record, and ifthe input data is moved to theoutput area, theEDIT or REPL changesfollowing a MOVE do not appear in theoutput dataset.

Input Record DataWhen moving data from theinput record, the syntax of theMOVE parameteris:

MOVE=(to-location,length,from-location)

to-location: Location in theoutput recordthat the data is tooccupy. Anyvalid actual orrelative location can be used. Use arelative location of+ 0 tohaveFile-AID use thecurrentrelative location in theoutput record.

length: Length of the data to move.Valid values are 0 (zero) to256. Use 0(zero) to tellFile-AID to calculate the length,from the specifiedfrom-locationin the inputrecord, to the end of theinput record, and to use the result as thelength of the data tomove.

Note: If the lengthspecified (orcalculated) is greater than theremainingoutput record length, the remainingoutput record length is used.

from-location: Location in the inputrecord where the data to move originates.It can be an actual orrelative location. Use arelative location of+ 0 to refer-ence thecurrentrelative location (first byte or lastscanmatchlocation) in theinput record. (See“Relative Location” on page 2-4.)

Parameters 4-35

Note: The inputrecord dataformat of theMOVE parameter is not supportedwhen the F O R M = J C Lparameter isspecified.

Example 1:$$DD01 LIST MOVE=(+0,10,+0)

Example 1lists the first tenlocations of theinput record. This use of theMOVE parameteravoids the printing ofunneeded data.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY MOVE=(1,10,15)

Example 2 moves tenbytes of datafrom location 15 in theinput record tolocation 1 in theoutput record.

Example 3:$$DD01 USER MOVE=(1,0,10),WRITE=A

Example 3 moves data,beginning in location 10 of theinput record, to theoutput record. Because the lengthspecified iszero (0), as much of theinputrecord data, starting from location 10, as can fitinto the remaining space of theoutput record, ismoved.

Example 4:$$DD01 USER MOVE=(10,5,30),WRITE=A

Example 4 movesfive bytes of data beginning in location 30 of theinput areato the outputarea beginning at location 10.Since only theMOVE parameter iscoded with the function, the remaining locations in theoutput record arearemain the currentPADCHAR parametervalue.

Control Card DataWhen control cards provide the data to placeinto an output record, the syntaxof the MOVE parameter is:

MOVE=(to-location,[dupl]data)

to-location: Location in theoutput recordthat the data is tooccupy. Anyvalid actual orrelative location can be used. Use arelative location of+ 0 toreference the next availablelocation in theoutput record.

dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDreplicates the data string tomove, starting at thespecifiedto-location.

data: Data to moveinto the output record. Anyvalid data type listed in“DataElement” onpage 2-6 is allowed. The length of theMOVE is determined bythe length of the data element entered, including the value of thedupl element.

Note: When packed data is used, high-order zerosmust bespecified to give thedesiredfield length.

Example 5:$$DD01 COPY MOVE=(1,C'ABC')

Example 5 moves thestring ABC to the outputlocations 1, 2, and 3.


Example 6:$$DD01 COPY MOVE=(1,10C'ABC')

Example 6 moves ten repetitions of thestring ABC to output locations 1through 30.

Example 7:$$DD01 COPY MOVE=(+0,P'+00001')

Example 7 moves a three-byte packedfield, with a value of positive 1 (equiv-alent to X' 00001C' ), to the next availableoutput location. The length of thispackedfield is determined by thenumber ofdecimal digitsspecified,includingthe leading zeros.

NEWMEM (NM)The NEWMEM parameterassigns a name to amember on anoutput PDSduring execution of aCOPY or USERfunction. The nameassigned byNEWMEM becomes the newmember name. File-AIDacceptsonly oneNEWMEM parameter per DD statement. The syntax of theNEWMEMparameter is:

NEWMEM Parameter

NEWMEM=name

name: New name to assign to themember. A maximum ofeight characterscan be entered.

Example:$$DD01 COPY MEMBER=OLDNAME,NEWMEM=NEWNAME

This example copiesmemberOLDNAME to the outputdataset and renames itNEWNAME . If the memberNEWNAME already exists, itscontents areover-written by OLDNAME, unless theR L M = N O parameter isspecified.

NEWMEMS (NMS)The NEWMEMS parameterassignsnames to multiple members of anoutputPDS using amask thatoverwrites theinput membernames. The syntax of theNEWMEMS parameter is:

NEWMEMS Parameter

NEWMEMS=mask-name

mask-name: A mask of up toeight characters. Use ahyphen ( - ) ineachappropriate location tohaveFile-AID ignore insignificantlocations in theinputname. When themask islonger than theinput member name, unused hyphensare deleted.

Parameters 4-37

Notes:

1. Use NEWMEMS only when both theinput andoutput datasets arePDSs.

2. If the newlyconstructedmember namealready exists on theoutput PDS,the old member isreplaced unless theR L M = N O parameter isspecified.

Example:$$DD01 COPY NEWMEMS=GA-----P

This examplealtersmember names asfollows:

Input Mask Output

MEMBERA GA-----P GAMBERAPABC GA-----P GACPZ GA-----P GAPPROGRAMA GA-----P GAOGRAMP

ORIF (OR)The ORIF parameterallows contiguous IF parameters to belogically ORedwith preceding IFparameters. ORIF permits recordselection based onmorethan one selection criterion. Themaximum number of ORIFparametersthatcan be entered is limited by the value of theMAXENT parameter. ORIF hastwo syntax forms based on two selectioncriteria:

ORIF Parameter

RecordSelection by Data Content:

ORIF=(location,{length },[dupl]data[,loc2,{len2 },data2]...){operator} {oper2}

RecordSelection byValid Numeric or Packed Data:

ORIF=(location,length,[dupl] operator data-type)

where the elements of each syntaxform are the same as thosedefined for thetwo syntax forms of the IF parameter. See “IF(AND)” on page 4-23 for adescription of each element.

Example 1:$$DD01 COPY IF=(25,EQ,C'1'),

AND=(30,EQ,C'2'),ORIF=(16,EQ,C'3'),

AND=(50,EQ,C'7')

This example copies recordsthat have anumber1 in location 25 and a2 inlocation 30, or a3 in location 16 and a7 in location 50. An AND conditionexistsbetween thefirst two IF parameters. The ORIFcreates thesecond set ofAND conditions.


Example 2:$$DD01 COPY IF=(21,EQ,C'ABC'),

ORIF=(41,EQ,C'XYZ'),REPL=(61,C'DEF')

This example copies recordsthat have the charactersABC in location 21 orXYZ in location 41. If location 41 contains the charactersXYZ , the charactersDEF overlay the data atlocation 61.

OUT (O)The OUT parameter controls thenumber ofrecordsthat arewritten or printedbefore processingstops. OUT can be used tolimit the output, or toextend theamount ofprinted output past thedefault of 250 records. The syntax of theOUT parameter is:

OUT Parameter

OUT=n

n: Numberfrom 0 (zero) to999999999. UseO U T = 0 to process the entirefile.

Note: The OUT parameter isignored when theUPDATE function isspeci-fied.

Example:$$DD01 DUMP OUT=25

This example generates a hexadecimalprint of the first 25 records.

PADCHAR (PAD)The PADCHAR parameterspecifies thevalue to use for padding.Specify thisparameter only once per function. The PADvalue initializes output areaswhen creating records using theMOVE parameter. Theinitialization is per-formed prior to thefirst record being read and only atthat time.

Paddingalso occurs when:

Recordlength decreasesduring EDIT or MOVE processingA record is copied to alarger fixed-lengthrecordRecordlength isupdated andincreased.

The syntax of thePADCHAR parameter is:

PADCHAR Parameter

PADCHAR={C'c' }{X'nn'}

C: The c may be any singlecharacter-datavalue.

X: The nn may be any validtwo-digit hexadecimal-data value.

Parameters 4-39

The default value forPADCHAR is X ' 00' .

Example:$$DD01 COPY PADCHAR=C'*'

Assuming theoutput dataset's record length islarger thanthat of the inputdataset, this example pads the remainder of theoutput dataset records withasterisks.

PDSSTAT (MPS)The PDSSTATparameter maintains PDSmemberstatistics whenupdatingpartitioned datasets. It maintains only standard PDFdirectory entries. Theparameter isvalid only with theUPDATE function. The syntax of thePDSSTATparameter is:

PDSSTAT Parameter

PDSSTAT=x

x: Valid values for the xparameterare:

Y Update PDSstatistics if they existN Do not update PDSstatisticsA Update PDSstatistics if they exist, or add statistics if they do not exist.

Example:UPDATE MEMBER=EMPLOYEE,PDSSTAT=A,EDIT=(1,0,C'ABC',C'XYZ')

In this example,File-AID updatesexisting statistics oradds new statistics forthe memberEMPLOYEE.

PRINT (P)The PRINT parametergenerates aprint of a selectednumber ofrecords whilethe primary function continuesprocessing thefile. Packed and binary data areprinted as blanks. ExamplePRINT output isshown inFigure 7-26 onpage 7-13. (Seealso “PRINT (P)” on page 3-7.) Thesyntax of thePRINTparameter is:

PRINT Parameter

PRINT=n

n: Number ofrecords to print. Anynumberfrom 0 (zero) to999999999 isvalid. Printing of records can be based on one ormore dataselectionparame-ters. UseP R I N T = 0 to print all selectedrecords.

Note: Do not use the PRINTparameter with thePRINT function.

Example:$$DD01 COPY PRINT=15

This example copies theinput datasetwhile printing thefirst 15 records.


RBAThe RBA parameter is used to enter a starting byte address forVSAM ESDSor KSDS files, or arelative recordnumber for VSAMRRDS files. Thesyntaxof the RBA parameter is:

RBA Parameter

RBA={n }{X'hh'}

n: Decimal value.

X: The hh may be any validhexadecimal value enclosed inquotes ('hh'). Hexvalues are specified byusing pairs of the digits 0-9 andA-F.

Note: When thespecifiedvalueexceeds the size of thedataset, the functionends. RBA values forVSAM ESDS orKSDS datasetsmust correspond to thebeginning of the record.

Example:$$DD01 COPY RBA=30

or

$$DD01 COPY RBA=X'1E'

The process performed by this example depends on theaccessmethod of theinput dataset. AVSAM ESDS orKSDS input dataset is copied beginning atthe starting byte address of 30. AVSAM RRDS input dataset is copied begin-ning at the relativerecordnumber of 30.

RDWThe RDW (Record DescriptorWord) parametercontrols the inclusion orexclusion of the RDW for variable-length record processing. RDWpermitslogical access to avariable-length recordwithout accounting for the four-bytesystem RDW at the beginning of each record. The syntax of the RDWparam-eter is:

RDW Parameter

RDW=n

n: Value of 0, 1, 2, or 3, which aredefined as:

0 (Default) Includes the RDW during recordprocessing and displays it onoutput.

1 Includes the RDW during record processing and does not display it onoutput.

2 Does notinclude the RDW during record processing butdisplays it onoutput.

Parameters 4-41

3 Does notinclude the RDW during record processing and does not displayit on output.

Notes:

1. The RDW parametermust becoded before any IF,EDIT, REPL, orMOVE parameters in the controlcard.

2. When the RDW is notdisplayed onoutput ( R D W = 1 or 3), and nooutputrecords are created, theMOVE parameteroutput location shouldreferencelocation 5first. The MOVE parameter may be used with theDUMP,LIST, or PRINT printing functions to show onlyportions of arecord.Since noactualoutput record is created with the printing functions,File-AID assumesthat thefirst four bytes of theoutput area are the RDWand does notprint them.

Example 1:$$DD01 LIST RDW=3,IF=(1,EQ,A)

Example 1lists all records of this variable-length datasetthat contain thechar-acterA in the first byte of the data(not including the 4-byte systemRDW).

Example 2:$$DD01 LIST RDW=1,IF=(5,EQ,A)

Example 2 produces the sameresults asExample 1.

REFOUT (RFO)The REFOUTparameterspecifieswhich records tocopy whenexecuting areformatdefinition. Thisparameter is used only with theREFORMAT func-tion. Thesyntax of theREFOUT parameter is:

REFOUT Parameter

REFOUT={SEL}{ALL}

SEL: (Default) Specifiesthat only thoserecords being reformatted are copied.

ALL: Specifiesthat all records are copied.

Example:$$DD01 REFORMAT REFOUT=SEL

In this example, onlythoserecordsthat arebeing reformatted are copied to theoutput dataset.

REPL (R)Use REPL orREPLALL to conditionally or unconditionallyreplace data at aspecific location, or toreplace data at analternate location depending on acon-dition. REPL replaces thefirst occurrence of data in a record;REPLALLreplaces all occurrences of the data in the record.


The REPLparameter has three syntax forms forreplacing data in aninputrecord based ondifferent selection criteria:

REPL Parameter

Replace by Location:

REPL=(location,[dupl]new-data)

Replace by Condition:

REPL=(location,{length },[dupl]compare-data,[dupl]new-data){operator}

Replace at Alternate Location Depending on a Condition:

REPL=(location,{length },[dupl]compare-data,replace-location,{operator}

[dupl]new-data)

The Replace by Locationsyntax unconditionallyreplaces all data at a givenlocation. TheReplace by Conditionsyntax checks to see if aspecificconditionis present at agiven location, beforereplacing the data atthat location. TheReplace at Alternate Location Depending on a Conditionsyntax checks for a spe-cific condition at agiven location, and if the condition is present,replaces thedata at an alternate location.

Caution

All REPL syntax forms replace data at thegiven location with new-data.Existing data at the replacelocation isoverlayed with thefull length of thenew-dataspecified.

Notes:

1. If specialcharacters such as commas orsinglequotes are part of thecompare-data,enclose the data and specialcharacters indouble quotes. Forexample:

REPL=(6,EQ,C"634,21",C'634521')

2. If the MOVE parameter is used with theEDIT or REPL parameters in oneset of actions,specify theEDIT and/orREPL parametersbefore theMOVEparameter. TheEDIT and REPLparameters act on theinput record, and ifthe input data is moved to theoutput area, theEDIT or REPL changesfollowing a MOVE do not appear in theoutput dataset.

Parameters 4-43

3. Whenbinary new-data isspecified,File-AID processes thecontrol card inone of threeways:

Turn on (OR)specifiedbits -- B' 10000000' (Sets bit onwithout respectto previous condition).

Turn off (NOT-AND) specifiedbits -- BM'10000000'(Sets bit off if it ison).

Reverse the currentsetting(exclusive OR) ofbits -- BX'10000000'(Setsbit on if it is off; sets bit off if on).

The second and thirdmethodsrequire using alternate forms of thebinarydata-type code as apart of the new-datavalue.The secondmethodspecifies thenew-data as binary minus(BM'80') to turnoff the specifiedbits. The thirdmethodspecifies thenew-data as a binaryexclusive OR(BX'80') to reverse thebits (turn off if on, turn on ifoff).These alternate forms of the binary data-type code areconsidered errors inall other parameters.

4. Whencharacter or hexadecimal data isspecified asnew-data, the new-datalength is based on the length of the data valuespecified(times theoptionaldupl value). No data shiftingoccurs. New-dataoverlays existing data at thespecifiedlocation.

5. Whenpacked data isspecified asnew-data, the data at thereplacelocationmust also be a validpackedfield of any length (1 to 16 bytes). The new-data length is based on the length of the packedfield at thereplacelocation.High order truncation of the new-datapacked value mayoccur if the packedfield at thereplacelocation is notlargeenough toaccept allsignificantdecimal digitsspecified. Leading zeros in the packednew-datavalue areignored. High-orderzeros areautomaticallyinserted, as needed, whenpadding asmallernew-datavalue to replace anexisting largerlength packedfield (at thereplace location). No data shiftingoccurs. New-dataoverlaysexisting data at the specifiedlocation. If adupl factor isspecified forpackednew-data,File-AID performs the replacement, andexpectsthat there aredupl number of contiguous packedfields at thereplacelocation. See“PackedData” on page 2-7 formore information.

Replace by LocationThe syntax of theREPL parameter when used to unconditionallyreplace datain a givenlocation is:

REPL=(location,[dupl]new-data)

location: Starting location of the data toreplace. Any validactual orrelativelocation can be used.

dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDrepeats the new-data, starting at thespecifiedlocation.

new-data: New data to place in thespecifiedlocation. Any data format may beentered.


Example 1:$$DD01 COPY REPL=(4,C'6')

Example 1copies theinput dataset andreplaces the data inlocation 4 of eachrecord with a character6.

Replace by ConditionThe syntax of theREPL parameter when used toreplace data based on thetruth of acondition is:

REPL=(location,{length },[dupl]compare-data,[dupl]new-data){operator}

location: Starting location of the data to checkand/orreplace. Anyactual orrelative location can be used.

length: Length of thearea to check. The valuemust be atleast one bytelonger than the compare-datalength. Use 0 to scan until the end of the record.


dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDfinds the compare-data to becontiguously repeated, starting at thespecifiedlocation. A dupl element isvalid only when an EQoperatorelement isspeci-fied. Otherwise, thedupl value is ignored.When adupl element isspecified fornew-data, thedupl value is thenumber oftimes File-AID repeats the new-dataat the replacelocation.

compare-data: Data tocompare to the data at thespecifiedlocation. Anyvaliddata type listed in“Data Element” onpage 2-6 is allowed.

new-data: New data to place in thespecifiedlocation if the conditiondescribedby the location, operator orlength, and compare-dataelements is true. Anyvalid data type can beused.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY REPL=(4,EQ,C'2',C'6')

Example 2finds eachinput recordthat contains a character2 in location 4, andreplaces it with acharacter6.

Replace at Alternate Location by ConditionThe syntax of theREPL parameter when used toreplace data at analternatelocation based on thetruth of a condition in agiven location is:

REPL=(location,{length },[dupl]compare-data,replace-location,{operator}

[dupl]new-data)

location: Starting location of the data tocheck. Any actual orrelative locationcan be used.

length: Length of thearea to check. The valuemust be atleast one bytelonger than the compare-datalength. Use0 to scan to the end of the record.


Parameters 4-45

dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDfinds thecompare-data to becontiguously repeated, starting at thespecifiedlocation. A dupl element isvalid only when an EQoperatorelement isspeci-fied. Otherwise, thedupl value is ignored.When adupl element isspecified fornew-data, thedupl value is thenumber oftimes File-AID repeats the new-dataat the replacelocation.

compare-data: Data tocompare to the data at thespecifiedlocation. Anyvaliddata type listed in“Data Element” onpage 2-6 is allowed.

replace-location: Location in the inputrecord in which the new-data isplaced ifthe conditiondescribed by thelocation, length oroperator, and compare-dataelements is true. Any actual orrelative location can be used.

new-data: New data to place in the replace-location if thecondition describedby the location, operator orlength, and compare-dataelements is true. Anyvalid data type can beused.

Example 3:$$DD01 COPY REPL=(4,EQ,C'222',16,C'400')

Example 3copies theinput dataset and locates any recordthat contains thecompare-datastring 222 beginning in location 4.When such a record is found,File-AID replaces the data inlocations 16through 18 with thenew-datastring400.

REPLALL (RA)The REPLALL parameter is the same as theREPL parameterexceptthat itreplaces all occurrences of datawithin the areaspecified by astart location anda length. REPLALL has twosyntax forms:

REPLALL Parameter

Replace by Condition:

REPLALL=(location,length,compare-data,[dupl]new-data)

Replace at Alternate Location Depending on a Condition:

REPLALL=(location,length,compare-data,replace-location,[dupl]new-data)

The elements of each syntaxform are the same as thosedefined for theREPLparameter. See“REPL (R)” on page 4-41 for adescription of each element.

Note: dupl is not allowed on compare-data withREPLALL.


Example 1:$$DD01 COPYALL IF=(10,10,NEN),

RA=(10,10,C' ',C'0')

Example 1copies allinput records while the IFparameterlocates any recordthat containsnonnumeric data inlocations 10-19. TheREPLALL parameterthen scans locations10-19 ofeach of the located records, and replaces allblanksin locations 10through 19 withzeros.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY RA=(15,18,C'WXYZ',2C'XY')

Example 2copies allinput records while theREPLALL parameterscanslocations15-32 ofeach record, and replaces all occurrences of the stringWXYZwith XYXY .

RLMThe RLM (replace-like-members)parameter controls the replacement ofidentically-namedmembersduring a copy from one PDS toanother. Thesyntax of the RLM parameter is:

RLM Parameter

RLM={YES}{NO }

YES (Y): (Default) Specifiesthat a memberalreadypresent in theoutput PDSis replaced.

NO (N): Specifiesthat anexistingoutput PDSmember is notreplaced.

RLPRINT (RLP)The RLPRINT parameter prints theassociated record layouts when printingXREFs using theXRPRINT function. The parameter isvalid only with theXRPRINT function. The dataset containing the record layoutsmust bespeci-fied in the DDxxRL DD statement. The syntax of theRLPRINT parameteris:

RLPRINT Parameter

RLPRINT=Y

Y: Print therecord layouts.

Example:$$DD01 XRPRINT RLPRINT=Y,MEMBER=ORDRFILE

In this example,File-AID prints theassociated record layouts when itprints theXREF dataset(DD01) memberORDRFILE.

Parameters 4-47

RRNThe RRN parameterspecifies the relativerecordnumber for VSAMRRDS andBDAM files. When thespecifiedvalueexceeds the size of thedataset, the func-tion ends. The syntax of the RRNparameter is:

RRN Parameter

RRN=n

n: A decimal value.

Example:$$DD01 COPY RRN=30

In this example,File-AID copies aVSAM RRDS orBDAM file beginning atthe relativerecordnumber of 30.

SELECT (S)The SELECTparameterselects a givenoccurrence of a record for processing.SELECT can beentered at any time, but is onlyvalid for the function in whichit is entered. When SELECT isused with selection criteria (seeChapter 5,“Record and MemberSelection Logic” on page5-1), it is subordinate to thoseselections.

When multiple SELECT parameters are used with multiple IF parameters in acontrol card, they aresubordinate to the IF parameterthat theyfollow. Thisfeature is useful when buildingrandomtest datasets. The syntax of theSELECT parameter is:

SELECT Parameter

SELECT=n

n: Occurrence toselect. Anynumberfrom 1 to 999999999 can beused.

Example 1:$$DD01 PRINT OUT=10,IF=(1,EQ,P'50'),SELECT=3

Example 1 prints the thirdrecordthat has apacked50 beginning in location 1,and printsevery third occurrencethereafter, up to atotal of 10records.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY IF=(12,EQ,P'50'),OUT=50,S=5,

IF=(12,EQ,P'60'),OUT=30,S=4

Example 2selects every fifthrecordthat contains a packed50 in location 12,and copies up to 50 records. The example alsoselects everyfourth recordthatcontains a packed60 in location 12, andcopies up to 30 records.Thus, up to80 records are copied to theoutput datasetDD01O.


SHOW (SH)The SHOWparameterspecifies the type ofinformation that isdisplayed for for-matted print(FPRINT) output. ExampleFPRINT output isshown in“FPRINT Request” onpage 7-16. Thesyntax of theSHOW parameter is:

SHOW Parameter

SHOW={FORMAT}{NUMBER }{OFFSET }{PICTURE}

FORMAT (F): (Default) Displaysfield length and currentfield format, sepa-rated by aslash (/), and changes thefield description heading of thereport toFORMAT. The field length is expressed in bytes.File-AID displays theactualnumber ofbytes occupied by thefield, rather than the data itemsize(which canbe determined with the PICTUREvalue). A specialform (length:bits/format)is used for unaligned bitfields where thenumber ofcomplete bytes and thenumber ofadditional bits arelisted, separated by a colon ( : ).File-AID pro-vides afield format abbreviation to describe the way the internalrecord data isinterpreted and formatted on the report. The format abbreviationsvarydepending on the language inwhich the record layout isdescribed. SeeAppendix B,“Data FormatAbbreviations” onpage B-1 for additional infor-mation.

OFFSET (O): Reports the offset ofeach layoutfield from the beginning of therecord, in bytesrelative tozero (0), and changes thefield description heading toRELATIVE.

NUMBER (N): Shows thenumbers that File-AIDassigns toeach layoutfield,and changes thefield description heading toNUMBER.

PICTURE (P): Shows thePICTURE clause of the original datadeclarationfor each elementary item and changes thefield description heading toPICTURE. Theinformation under theheading is presented to accurately rep-resent the data declaration (within the constraints of thecolumn width). There-fore, theinformation displayed with thePICTURE parametervaries,dependingon the language used to define record layouts.

STOP (ST)The STOPparameter stopsprocessing of afunction when aspecified criteria ismet. The next function, if any, thenbegins processing with the record atwhichthe stopoccurred. STOP can beused to executedifferent functions ondifferentportions ofsequential datasets. The syntax of theSTOPparameter is:

STOP Parameter

STOP=(location{,length },[dupl]data,[loc2{,len2 },[dupl]data2]...){ operator} { oper2}

location: Starting location of the data to scan. Anyvalid actual orrelativelocation can be used.

Parameters 4-49

length: Length of thearea to scan. The valuemust be atleast one byte longerthan the data element length. Use 0 to scan to the end of the record.

operator: Operatorelementthat represents the conditions totest. Anyvalidoperatorelementlisted in “Operator Element” onpage 2-5 is allowed.

dupl: Optional duplicationfactor that defines thenumber oftimes File-AIDfinds the data to becontiguously repeated, starting at thespecifiedlocation. Adupl element isvalid only when anoperatorelement isspecified. Otherwise, thedupl value is ignored.

data: Data tosearch for in thespecifiedlocation. Anyvalid type listed in“Data Element” onpage 2-6 is allowed.

Note: Coding multiple location,length oroperator, and dataentries in oneSTOPparameterresults in alogical OR condition. Coding multiple contiguousSTOPparametersresults in alogical AND condition between parameters.

loc2: Location ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

len2: Length ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

oper2: Operator ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

data2: Data ofsecond entry of multiple entry.

Note: Code theSTOPparameter ahead of any data-entry parameters, such asACCUM, IF, REPL, EDIT or ORIF.

Example 1:$$DD01 SPACE STOP=(25,EQ,C'ABC COMPANY')

Example 1spaces forward in theinput dataset, and stops at thefirst recordthatcontains thestring ABC COMPANY beginning in location 25.

Example 2:$$DD01 SPACE STOP=(1,EQ,P'123',6,EQ,C'XYZ')

Example 2spaces forward in theinput dataset, and stops at thefirst recordthatcontains a packed123 beginning in location 1 orstring XYZ beginning inlocation 6.

Example 3:$$DD01 SPACE STOP=(1,0,C'ABC')$$DD01 LIST IN=6

Example 3 prints therecord withABC and the next fiverecords.

TYPE (TYP)The TYPE parameterspecifies the type ofconversion to implement. Theparameter isvalid only with theCONVERT function. The syntax of theTYPE parameter is:


TYPE Parameter

TYPE={MAPSEL}{SELCRIT}{XREF}{IMSXREF}

MAPSEL: Copies Release 6selection tables to Release 8 recordlayout crossreference(XREF) format.

SELCRIT: Copies Release 7saved selection criteria to Release 8 selectioncri-teria format.

XREF: Copies Release 7XREFs toRelease 8XREF format.

IMSXREF: Copies and combines File-AID for IMSXREFs toRelease 8XREF format.

Example:$$DD01 CONVERT TYPE=MAPSEL

This example copiesFile-AID Release 6 selection tables toFile-AID Release 8record layoutcross references(XREFs).

UNITThe UNIT parameterspecifies one ormore genericunit names for theVTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, andVTOCMAP functions. Youmust specify theUNIT parameter if theVOLSER or VOLSTAT parameter is notspecified forthese VTOC functions.

You can combine theUNIT parameter with theVOLSER and VOLSTATparameters for multi-volumeprocessing. The syntax of theUNIT parameter is:

UNIT Parameter

UNIT=(unit-name)

unit-name: A unique 8-character alphanumericgenericunit name. You canspecifymultiple genericunits, up to 48 characters total, byenclosingthem inparenthesis and separating each one with acomma.

Example:$$DD01 VTOCMAP UNIT=(SYSDA,3880,3890)

In this example,File-AID displaysvolume information anddatasets for threeunits (SYSDA,3880, and 3890).

USERID (USR)The USERIDparameterspecifies a useridentification rangethat selects agroupof membersbased on the user IDthat last updated andsaved amember. Thisinformation is a PDSstatisticthat isstored in the directory.Members without

Parameters 4-51

PDS statistics, because theywere not created(STATS OFF) or thestatisticswere deleted, are not selected.

USERID Parameter

USERID=(from-value,to-value)(,to-value)(from-value)from-value

from-value,to-value: Specifies the FROM and TOendpoints for user IDs toinclude in thememberlist. The user IDs can becomplete or partial.Patterncharacters are not allowed. As withMBRNAME parameter, the from-value ispadded with lowvalues, and theto-value is padded with highvalues.

Example:$$DD01 LIST USERID=(USERID1,USERID5)

This example prints allmembers thatwere lastupdated andsaved by user IDUSERID1, USERID2, USERID3, USERID4, or USERID5.

Example:$$DD01 LIST USERID=(USERID2,USERID2)

This example prints allmembers thatwere lastupdated andsaved by user IDUSERID2.

Example:$$DD01 LIST USERID=USERID2

This example prints allmembers thatwere lastupdated andsaved by user IDUSERID2 or user IDs ofhigher values.

VOLSER (VOL)The VOLSERparameterspecifies one ormore volumeserialnumbers for theVTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, andVTOCMAP functions. Youmust specify theVOLSER parameter if theUNIT parameter is notspecified forthese VTOCfunctions.

You can combine theVOLSER parameter with theUNIT and VOLSTATparameters for multi-volumeprocessing. The syntax of theVOLSER param-eter is:

VOLSER Parameter

VOLSER=(volume-serial)

volume-serial: A unique 6-character alphanumericvolume serialnumber Youcan also use an asterisk (*) orspecify apartial volume serialnumber. You canspecifymultiple volumeserialnumbers, up to 48characters total, byenclosingthem inparenthesis and separating each one with acomma.


Example:$$DD01 VTOCINFO,VOLSER=(WORK01,TSO,PRD9*)

In this example,File-AID displaysvolume information for volumeserial nameWORK01 and for allvolume serialnames thatstart with TSO andPRD9.

VOLSTAT (VST)The VOLSTAT parameterspecifies thevolume status for the VTOCDSN,VTOCINFO, and VTOCMAPfunctions. This parameter is optional; if you donot specify avolume status, all three volumestatuses are assumed. If youspecify theVOLSTAT parameter, you canspecify only onestatus. The syntaxof the VOLSTAT parameter is:

VOLSTAT Parameter

VOLSTAT={PUB}{PRV}{STG}

PUB: Specifies avolume status of public.

PRV: Specifies avolume status ofprivate.

STG: Specifies avolume status ofstorage.

Example:$$DD01 VTOCDSN VOLSTAT=PUB,UNIT=3390

In this example,File-AID displays VTOCsummary information anddatasetnames for thosedatasets on public volumes on3390units.

WRITE (W)The WRITE parameter is used only with theUSER function. It can be usedas often and in as many places on acontrol card as required. However,File-AID limits you to 250WRITE parameters persingleselectionparametergroup. See “ParameterProcessing Logic” on page5-1. If you needmore than250 WRITE parameters, repeat theselectionparameters(IF, ORIF) before thenext set of WRITEparameters.

The WRITE parameter cancreate a dataset of anyaccessmethod and anyrecord structure. Amaximum ofeight output datasets can be created on asingleWRITE parameter execution,unless aMAXOUT parameter is enteredon the controlcard to override thisnumber. TheWRITE parameter has twosyntax forms:

WRITE Parameter

WRITE={anyname }{(anyname1,anyname2...)}

anyname: User-defined namethat matches the DD name in the JCL of thedesiredoutput dataset.

Parameters 4-53

The first form of the WRITE command isused when only oneoutput datasetis to receive arecord. The secondform is used to write tomultiple datasets ormultiple writes to asingledataset. If the sameanynameis codedtwice in thesecond syntax form, twoidentical records arewritten to the//anyname DDdataset. This is not considered an error.

The DD namesDDxxM, DDxxRL, DDxxSC, DDxxXR, FAPRINT,FAUDCTL, FAUDWKF, SYSLIST, SYSPRINT, and SYSTOTAL arereserved for use byFile-AID. Do not use forANYNAME.

Note: Unless theinput file is a PDS orPDSE,Compuwarerecommendsnotwriting to the input file because the possibilityexists of writing to aportion ofthe file beforethat portion isread.

Example://OUTFILE DD DSN=XX.XXX//NEWFILE DD DSN=YY.YYY

.

.

.

WRITE=(NEWFILE,OUTFILE)

This examplewrites arecord to bothoutput files.

5-1

Chapter 5.Record and Member Selection Logic

File-AID enables you to select and process records and PDSmembersusinglogic as aselectiontool. The logic is created withparameter statementsthatdefine the selection criteria. Thischapterdiscusses:

ParameterprocessinglogicCreatinglogical AND conditionsCreatinglogical OR conditionsSelectingmembersbased on theircontentSelectingmembersbased on theirname.Selectingmembers byISPF statistics

Parameter Processing LogicThe IF and ORIF parameters are used tocreatelogical AND and ORcondi-tions. Contiguous IF and ORIF parameters can beused to define sophisticatedcriteria. All selectionparameters(IF, ORIF), limiting parameters(DROP, IN,OUT, SELECT), andaction parameters(EDIT, EDITALL, MOVE, REPL,REPLALL, WRITE) areexecuted in the order they are entered.

Control parameters (such asFORM, KEY, etc.) should be coded before anyselectionparameters. See Table 1-4 onpage 1-7 for achart listing parametersby their type.

Action, limiting, and print parameters may becoded before any selectionparameters to actglobally against allinput records. However, if limiting orprinting parameters arespecified asglobal parameters, then the sameparametercannot beused again in thecurrent control statement.

Selectionparameter groups can bedefined by codingcontiguousselectionparameters(IF, AND, ORIF) separated by action, limiting or printing parame-ters. Examples are provided in“Coding Logical OR Conditions” onpage 5-2.Actions within a parameter group areapplied, in order, when the selectioncri-teria matches a record. Printing parameters in a parametergroup operate untilthe number ofselectedrecordsspecified isreached. Once a printingparameterlimit has beenreached, no additional records areprinted for a parameter group,but actions continue to beapplied.

Limiting parameters (IN,OUT, SELECT, DROP) control actionprocessing ofthe current function when used asglobal parameters.When used withparam-etergroups, theystop allaction or print parametersassociated withthatselection. This does not apply to the IN parameter; it isalways consideredglobal and does notdepend onmeeting selection criteria.

Selectionparameter groups areprocessed in the orderthat they arecoded. Assoon as theselection criteriamatches a record, the action, printing, and limitingparameters codedafter the selection, and before the next IFparameter, areprocessed. All followingparameter groups are bypassed, and the nextinputrecord is read. The ALL functionmodifier (see“ALL (A)” on page 3-14) canbe applied tomost functions.


It forcesFile-AID to process all selectionparameter groups for eachinputrecord. TheTALLY and USER functions process allselectionparametergroups bydefault.

The DROPfunction drops arecord when a selectionmatches a record. Action,printing, and limitingparametersassociated with the selectionparameter groupfor dropping arecord are processed. After a record isdropped, nofurther proc-essing of anysubsequent parameter groups is doneuntil the next record is read.

Coding Logical AND ConditionsLogical AND conditions are codedusingcontiguous IF statements asfollows:

$$DD01 COPY IF=(12,EQ,C'01'),IF=(14,EQ,C'84')

This statementcopies any recordthat contains the characters01 beginning inlocation 12 and the characters84 beginning in location 14.

Coding Logical OR ConditionsFour different formats areavailable to codelogical OR conditions. Thefirstformat uses multipleentrieswithin a single IF parameter, as shown in Example1.

Example 1:$$DD01 LIST IF=(40,EQ,C'ABC',52,EQ,C'DEF')

Example 1selects anyinput recordthat contains the charactersABC beginningin location 40, or the charactersDEF beginning in location 52.

The second OR format uses multiple dataentries separated by commaswithin asingle IF parameter, as shown in Example 2.

Example 2:$$DD01 LIST IF=(40,EQ,C'XYZ,ABC')

Example 2selects anyinput recordthat contains either the charactersXYZ orABC beginning in location 40.

The third OR format uses the IF and ORIF parameters, asshown in Example3.

Example 3:$$DD01 LIST IF=(40,EQ,C'ABC'),ORIF=(52,EQ,C'DEF')

Example 3 performs the same function as Example 1.

Example 4:$$DD01 DUMP IF=(1,EQ,C'1'),IF=(5,EQ,C'5'),OUT=20,

IF=(1,EQ,C'2'),IF=(5,EQ,C'6'),OUT=15

Example 4 is an OR formatthat uses IFparameters separated by a limitingparameter(OUT). Whenever ORIF is used or when IF parameters are sepa-rated by action,limiting, and/orprinting parameters,File-AID assumes animplied OR and establishes aparameter group.

Record And Member Selection Logic 5-3

Example 4dumps 20recordsthat contain anumber1 in location 1 and anumber5 in location 5, as well as 15 recordsthat contain anumber2 inlocation 1 and anumber6 in location 5. The ORIF parameter is not usedbecause the twosets of IFparameters are separated by the OUT parameter.However, use of the ORIF parameter would notcause an error.

Selecting Members by ContentFile-AID can select memberswithin a PDS based on recordcontent. TheMEM function modifier is used tospecify this selectioncriteria, asshown in thefollowing example:

$$DD01 COPYMEM IF=(15,EQ,C'100')

This example copies anymemberwhich contains a recordthat has a number100 beginning in location 15.

Selecting Members by NameFile-AID can select a member forprocessing based on its name using either theMBRNAME, MEMBER or MEMBERS parameters.

The MEMBER parameterselects a specificmemberwithin a PDS for proc-essing whencoded asfollows:

MEMBER=name

The value fornamecan be up to eight characters. You canspecifymore thanone member per controlcard by separating eachmember name with acommaand enclosing thenames inparentheses. If youspecify only onemember name,it is recommended that you do notenclose it in parentheses.Examples 1 and 2show coding forsingle- andmultiple-member selection.

Example 1:$$DD01 COPY MEMBER=MEM1

Example 1copies onlymemberMEM1 to the outputfile labeledDD01O.

Example 2:$$DD01 COPY MEMBER=(MEM1,MEM2,MEM3)

Example 2copiesmembersMEM1 , MEM2 , andMEM3 to the outputfilelabeledDD01O.

The MEMBERSparameter can be used to select groups ofmembers from aPDS. A maskfield is used to search the PDS directory for anymember namesthat contain thecharacters in the mask. Themaskfield can contain up toeightcharacters. Any insignificantcharacter in the string is ignored by coding ahyphen ( - ) in the appropriatelocation. TheMEMBERS parameter iscoded:

MEMBERS=mask-field


Examples 3 and 4 show the use of theMEMBERS parameter for memberselection.

Example 3:$$DD01 LIST MEMBERS=ZA

Example 3lists anymember in the input PDS with a name thatbegins with thecharactersZA .

Example 4:$$DD01 PRINT MEMBERS=TEST---P

Example 4 prints anymember in the input PDS with a name thatbegins withthe charactersTEST and contains a letterP in location 8. All othercharactersin the name are ignored.

Example 5 shows the use of theMBRNAME parameter forselecting agroupof membersbased on a name range.(See“MBRNAME ( MBR)” onpage 4-31.)

Example 5:$$DD01 LIST MBRNAME=(ABC,DEF)

Example 5lists anymember in the input PDS with a member name thatbeginswith the charactersABC throughDEF.

Selecting Members by ISPF StatisticsWhen PDSmembershavevalid ISPF statistics, you caninstruct File-AID toselect members forprocessing based on theirISPF statistics.

Pleaserefer to the followingFile-AID parameters:

“CHANGED (CHA)” on page 4-7.“CREATED (CRE)” on page 4-9.“USERID (USR)” on page 4-50.

6-1

Chapter 6.Execution Methods and Parameters

This chapterdiscusses several ways toexecuteFile-AID/Batch. It includesscreenformats andinput procedures for interactive executionwithin TSO. Italso includesinformation aboutoptional execution parameters and thecon-ventions forcalling File-AID/Batch from another program. Thefollowingtopics are presented:

Execution methodsTSO execution parameterTSO interactive execution

TSO screenformatControl card entryStoppingprocessingContinuingprocessing

OverridingSYSIN or SYSPRINT DD namesCalling File-AID/Batch from another program.

Execution MethodsFile-AID/Batch is ageneralpurpose, stand-aloneutility program. It can beexecuted in any of the followingways:

Code JCL and submit a job for background batchexecution. See“JCLRequired for Execution” onpage 2-13.

Use onlineFile-AID option 3.8(Interactive utility). See“TSO InteractiveExecution” onpage 6-2.

Call File-AID/Batch from a program as a subroutine. See“CallingFile-AID/Batch fromAnother Program” onpage 6-5.

Invoke optionalCLIST "FABATCH" to interactively executeFile-AID/Batch at your TSOterminal. (See“TSO InteractiveExecution” onpage 6-2.) Installation procedures for theFABATCH CLIST areprovidedin "Step 7 -Make File-AID CLISTS Available" in the "InstallingFile-AIDManually" chapter of theFile-AID Installation Guide. Usageinformation forthe FABATCH CLIST is described in"Optional CLISTs" in the "ProductConventions" chapter of theFile-AID MVS Online Reference Manual(SPFand XE).


TSO Execution ParametersWhen P A R M = T S O iscoded on theEXEC JCL statement, all printoutputgenerated by theLIST, DUMP, and PRINTfunctions is formatted as ifFile-AID is writing to a terminal underTSO. Thefollowing processing modifi-cations are activated:

SYSPRINTheadinginformation is shortened to oneline. Only theFile-AID/Batch releasenumber and date areshown.

No page headings or page breaks are generated forprint output. PrintedPDS members areidentified with a specialmemberidentification line pre-cedingeachmemberprinted asfollows:

***********MEMBER memname **************

Print output isreformatted to fit an 80 characterprint line. DUMP, LIST,and PRINToutput ispresented 50 characters perline instead of the usual100 characters perline. Exception:LIST output for adataset with anLRECL of 80 or less is leftjustified to show up to 80characters perline.

The F O R M = S H O R Tparameter turns off thedefault column scaleprintlines normally shown oneach record with thePRINT andDUMP functions.Instead, File-AID prints thecolumn scaleprint line asheader at the top ofeach page.

If no SYSLIST DD ispresent,SYSLIST is notdynamically allocated, andSYSLIST output isdirected toSYSPRINT.

No printer controlcharacters are written toSYSLIST, SYSPRINT, orSYSTOTAL.

If SYSPRINT, SYSLIST, orSYSTOTAL is assigned to afile instead of toSYSOUT, DCBattributes of thefile are modified asfollows:

DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=b)

where b is calculated as a multiple of 80closest to the originalBLKSIZE.

Notes:

1. WhenusingFPRINT, output isreformatted to fit an 80 characterprint line.Page headings andcarriagecontrol are notsuppressed.

2. P A R M = T S O is not avalid parameter for theAPRINT, RLPRINT,SCPRINT, andXRPRINT functions.

TSO Interactive ExecutionFile-AID/Batch functions can be executedinteractively atyour terminalwhileyou are logged on toTSO. Inputcontrol cards can be keyed in at theterminal,and printoutput can beviewed at theterminal immediately.WhenFile-AID/Batch isexecuting, it runs in TSOforegroundmode. Split screen, PFkeys, and scrolling are disabled. Ifoutput exceeds the last line ofyour terminal,threeasterisks (***) appear toindicatemore output ispending. PressEnterwhenever the threeasterisks areshown to continueprocessing. TSO interactiveexecution ofFile-AID/Batch applies when you do either of the following:

Execution Methods and Parameters 6-3

Use onlineFile-AID option 3.8(Interactive utility). See theFile-AID MVSOnline Reference Manual(SPF and XE)for more information.

Note: A panel is provided to handleautomaticallocation of theinput DD(DD01), an optionaloutput DD (DD01O), and an optionalcontrol carddataset (SYSIN).SYSPRINT isdirected toyour terminalscreen. SYSLISTand SYSTOTAL are notallocated. Online help is provided andincludestutorials describing allFile-AID/Batch functions and parameters.

Invoke optionalCLIST FABATCH.

File-AID/Batch recognizes when it is executingunderTSO. All output isfor-matted as ifP A R M = T S O wasspecified. (See“TSO Execution Parameters”on page 6-2.)

When accessingPDSs forupdate underTSO, either theMEMBER orMEMBERS parameters should beused tospecify themember(s) to be openedfor update. TheUPDATE function usually requiresthat controlcard input beprovided in a dataset. Youcannot enter theUPDATE function at an interac-tive prompt.

TSO Screen FormatScreensthat aredisplayed whenFile-AID/Batch isexecuted in TSOcontain theheadingshown inFigure 6-1. Line 1 gives theFile-AID release level and therelease date of the installedproduct. Line 2prompts you toenter a controlcard with the statement:

. . . .ENTER NEXT FUNCTION OR END

This statement isdisplayed after eachcontrol card is entered and processed.

*** FILE-AID VL-8.0.2 *** RELEASE DATE: 11/01/97. . . .ENTER NEXT FUNCTION OR END:

Figure 6-1. File-AID TSO Entry Screen

Control Card EntryWhen executed in the TSOenvironment, you can optionally supply a controlcard input file, or you can key incontrol cards atyour terminal. If you do notsupply a controlcard input file, File-AID/Batch prompts you toenter a controlstatement.

Control statements shouldfollow all standardFile-AID/Batch coding rules,exceptthat thedatasetidentifier ($$DDxx) is optional. File-AIDdefaults toDD01 if no datasetidentifier is entered.

All functions require atleast oneinput dataset. Although File-AID/Batch canaccess 100datasets in TSOmode, you mustexplicitly allocate and free anydatasetother thanDD01 or DD01O. Thedatasetidentifier ($$DDxx) isrequired only when any datasetother thanDD01 is accessed.

If a coding error is found, File-AID reports the error onyour screen and asksfor re-entry. For example, if you enter:


DUMP OUT=1,IF=(10,QQ,C'1')

a message is displayed on the screen,echoingyour input,describing theerrorand prompting you toreenter thecontrol card asfollows:

DUMP OUT=1,IF=(10,QQ,C'1')1...5...10...15...2INVALID LENGTH OR OPERATOR IN IF, CHECK DATA STARTING IN COLUMN 19....ENTER NEXT FUNCTION OR END

If the control card you entered isstill visible on thescreen, you canovertypeyour controlcard to correct it and then pressEnter. File-AID then continuesprocessing as if no error had occurred.

Stopping ProcessingTo stopprocessing duringentry of control statements:

1. Press the Attn or PA1 key.File-AID then displays the message:

REENTER LAST LINE OR CANCEL

2. EnterCANCEL to stop thefunction.

To stop anexecutingfunction before it completesprocessing:

1. Press the Attn or PA1 key.File-AID displays the message:

ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON ATTENTION KEY

2. Either enteranotherfunction, or enterEND to close alldatasets andstopexecution.

Continuing ProcessingBy default,File-AID prompts for the next inputline afterparameter entry bydisplaying the message:

ENTER CONTINUATION DATA OR GO

This message is displayedwhether or not acommafollowed the last enteredparameter. Execution can then be started byenteringGO.

To bypass themessage,enter,GO (including thecomma)after the lastparam-eter on thecontrol statement asfollows:

DUMP IF=(10,EQ,C'16,14,37'),GO

In this example,File-AID executes theDUMP function immediatelyafter youpressEnter.

Execution Methods and Parameters 6-5

Overriding SYSIN or SYSPRINT DD namesThe SYSIN=ddnameparameter in the PARMfield allows SYSIN to beassigned to a different DDname.

The PRINT=ddnameparameter in the PARMfield causes thenormalSYSPRINT andSYSLIST output to bewritten to the designated DDname.

Example:ExecuteFile-AID/Batch andhave it read allcontrol statements from theINPUT DD, andwrite all output to the FA1 DD.

// EXEC PGM=FILEAID,PARM='PRINT=FA1,SYSIN=INPUT'

Note: Some installation defaultoptions for File-AID/Batchexecution can beoverridden at run-time. See"Tailoring File-AID/Batch" in theFile-AID Instal-lation Guide for information on theO P T = parameter.

Calling File-AID/Batch from Another ProgramWhen File-AID iscalledfrom another program, two control statementlists areaccepted.They are theEXEC PARM data andFile-AID control statements.File-AID accessestheselists via standardlinkageconventions andexamines aparameterlist consisting of one or two addressespointed to byregister 1. Thelast entry in thelist must beindicated by the high-order bit set to 1.

Assembler SampleAddress 1 points to theEXEC PARM data(CTL1). It is used to pass PARMinformation (TSO,SYSIN=, P R I N T = , and/orOPT=) .

CTL1 DC H'9' Length of the ParmDC C'PRINT=FA1' Passed Parm

Figure 6-2. CTL1 - EXEC PARM Data

The CTL1 sampletells File-AID to sendSYSPRINT andSYSLIST output tothe FA1 DD statement.

Note: CTL1 is required. When you areconcerned with onlyCTL2, use anexistingdefault forCTL1 to avoid changingFile-AID processing, asshown inFigure 6-3.

CTL1 DC H'8' Length of the ParmDC C'OPT=0250' Passed Parm

Figure 6-3. CTL1 Using Existing File-AID Default

Address 2 points to theFile-AID function control statements.CTL2 is theFile-AID function control statements whichmust be80-byte card imagescon-forming to the rules ofFile-AID/Batch. Thefinal cardmust contain the ENDstatement.


CTL2 DC CL80'$$DD01 COPY'DC CL80' END'

Figure 6-4. File-AID Function Control Cards (CTL2)

COBOL SampleFigure 6-5 shows you the informationthat isrequired inyour COBOLprogram tocall File-AID/Batch.

*---------------------------------------------------------------** CALL FILE-AID TO PRINT A FILE **---------------------------------------------------------------*

WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.

01 WS-CTL1.

03 WS-CTL1-LEN PIC 9(4) COMP.03 WS-CTL1-VALUE PIC X(8).

01 WS-CTL2.

03 WS-CTL2-VALUE1.05 WS-CTL2-FUNCTION PIC X(12).05 FILLER PIC X(68).

03 WS-CTL2-VALUE2.05 WS-CTL2-END PIC X(12).05 FILLER PIC X(68).

PROCEDURE DIVISION.

0100-HOUSEKEEPING.

* SET PARAMETER 1 VALUESMOVE 8 TO WS-CTL1-LEN.MOVE 'OPT=0250' TO WS-CTL1-VALUE.

* SET PARAMETER 2 VALUESMOVE SPACES TO WS-CTL2-VALUE1, WS-CTL2-VALUE2.MOVE '$$DD01 PRINT' TO WS-CTL2-FUNCTION.MOVE ' END ' TO WS-CTL2-END.

0200-MAINLINE.

CALL 'FILEAID' USING WS-CTL1, WS-CTL2.GOBACK.

Figure 6-5. COBOL Sample

7-1

Chapter 7.Output Reports

This chapter provides sampleoutput for thethree reportdatasets forFile-AID/Batch:

SYSPRINTSYSLISTSYSTOTAL.

SYSPRINT OutputThis sectiondescribes the followingoutput reports andlogs generated byFile-AID:

SYSPRINTheadingOpeningmessagesCommentsActions-taken mapFunctionstatisticsAccumulationsDatasetprocessing messagesClosing message/RecordcountAlternate dateData checkBlock count error logOutput PDSerror logInput PDSerror logDCB abend logOpen errorlogsVSAM warningInvalid packedfield error logControl card errorlog.

HeadingFigure 7-1 shows the headinginformation that SYSPRINTgenerates each timeFile-AID is executed. Thefirst line shows theFile-AID releasenumber, andthe date and time of execution. The secondline shows the installation(company name), and therelease date of theFile-AID release inuse.

F I L E - A I D V8.0.1 09 - SEP - 1996 14.16.47 *CONTROL CARD LIST*INSTALLATION FILE-AID DEVELOPMENT/MAINTENANCE STAFF 474747 RELEASE 08/29/96

PROGRAM AND ALL MATERIAL COPYRIGHT 1980,1994 BY COMPUWARE CORPORATION1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80

Figure 7-1. SYSPRINT Heading Information


Opening MessagesFigure 7-2 onpage 7-3 shows theSYSPRINTreport generated whenFile-AIDopens adataset. This dataset informationdefines:

Dataset nameAccessmethodProcessing directionRecord formatRecordsizeBlock sizeVOLSERTapedensityKey lengthRelative keyposition (RKP)Number ofrecords inprime dataarea(NRECRDS) forISAM and VSAMKSDS datasetsControl interval for VSAM datasetsMaximum byteaddress forVSAM datasets.

SYSPRINTcodes for theaccessmethodused by the dataset areTable 7-1.

SYSPRINTcodes for the recordformat used by the dataset areTable 7-2.

Table 7-1. SYSPRINT Codes by AccessMethod

Acc. Method Code

QSAM PS

VSAM ESDS, RRDS,KSDS

ISAM IS

BPAM PO

BDAM DA.

Table 7-2. SYSPRINT Codes by RecordFormat

Code Format

U Undefined

V Variable

F Fixed

B Blocked

S Standard or spanned

A ASA control characters

M Machine control charac-ters.

Output Reports 7-3

DD01 DSN=USERID0.FASAMP.EMPLOYEE OPENED AS KSDS,LRECL=198,KEYLEN=5,NRECRDS=50,CINV=2048,MAXRBA=36864,VOL=PRD802

$$DD01 PRINT OUT=1ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON PRINT MATCH RC=0

RECORDS-READ=1,PRINTED=1,ENDING ON PAGE 1

Figure 7-2. SYSPRINT Dataset Opening Message

Figure 7-3 shows aSYSPRINTopeningmessage for asequential datasetopenedbackwards.

DD01 DSN=USERID0.FASAMP.INVFILE OPENED AS PS(BACKWARD),RECFM=VB,LRECL=517,BLKSIZE=5170,VOL=PRD927

$$DD01 PRINTB OUT=1ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON PRINT MATCH RC=0


Figure 7-3. SYSPRINT Dataset Backwards Opening Message

CommentsFigure 7-4 shows the format ofcommentcards generated when noSYSTOTAL DD statement isentered in theJCL. Commentcards can beentered at any time and are printed in the order in which they are entered.

Another format for comments isgiven in Figure 7-7 onpage 7-6.

* OPEN A SEQUENTIAL DATASET BACKWARDS AND PRINT ONE RECORDDD01 DSN=USERID0.FASAMP.INVFILE OPENED AS PS(BACKWARD),

RECFM=VB,LRECL=517,BLKSIZE=5170,VOL=PRD927$$DD01 PRINTB OUT=1ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON PRINT MATCH RC=0

RECORDS-READ=1,PRINTED=1,ENDING ON PAGE=1

* END OF CONTROL CARDS

Figure 7-4. SYSPRINT Comment Card Output without SYSTOTAL DD Statement

Actions Taken MapFigure 7-5 onpage 7-4 shows theACTIONS TAKEN MAP report thatSYSPRINTgenerates when theREPL, EDIT, or MOVEparameter isused.This reportlists thenumber oftimes that each parameter wasexecuted. Foreasy reference,each parameter issequentiallynumbered. Thisfeature aids inchecking the validity of any changes tolargenumbers ofrecords, where printingall the changed records is impractical.


* MOVE POSITION 16 TO POSITION 1 OF THE OUTPUT RECORDDD01 DSN=USERID0.FASAMP.INVFILE OPENED AS PS,

RECFM=VB,LRECL=517,BLKSIZE=5170,VOL=PRD927DD01O DSN=USERID0.FASAMP.INVFILE.COPY OPENED AS PS,

RECFM=VB,LRECL=517,BLKSIZE=5170,VOL=PRD927$$DD01 COPY MOVE=(1,0,16)ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON NORMAL EOD RC=0

RECORDS-READ=41,COPIED=41

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ACTIONS TAKEN MAP- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -MOV#1--------41

* END OF CONTROL CARDS41 RECORDS WRITTEN TO DD01O-USERID0.FASAMP.INVFILE.COPY ***RECORD COUNT***

VOL=PRD927

Figure 7-5. SYSPRINT Actions Taken Map Report

Function StatisticsFigure 7-6 shows the functionstatistic linethat SYSPRINTprints after eachfunction isexecuted. Thefunction statistics available onthis line are describedin Table 7-3 onpage 7-5.

RECORDS-READ=41,COPIED=41,PRINTED=41,ENDING ON PAGE 18

Figure 7-6. SYSPRINT Function Statistics

Output Reports 7-5

Table 7-3. Available Function Statistics

Statistic Description

BLKS-SKIPPED Number of blocks skipped as a result of a datacheck.

MEMBERS-READ Total number of members read in an input PDSdirectory.

SELECTED Number of members selected forprocessing from the input PDSdirectory.

UPDATED Number of members actuallyupdated as a result of anUPDATE function. Value can beequal to or less than that inSELECTED.

COPIED Number of members copied toall output datasets. If onemember is copied to two PDSswith a USER function, the valueis 2.

RECORDS-READ Total number of records read by the function.

SKIPPED Number of records skipped dueto a relative location outside ofthe record's boundary.

TRUNCATED Number of records truncated byan EDIT parameter. Also usedwhen the output of a COPY orUSER function is a dataset withan LRECL smaller than therecord written.

ADDED Number of records added by thelogical JCL edit routine.

UPDATED Number of actual recordschanged by the EDIT, REPL, orMOVE action parameters duringan UPDATE function.

COPIED Number of records copied to anoutput dataset. If multiple outputdatasets are being created, thisnumber is the total numberwritten to all datasets.

DROPPED Number of records dropped by aDROP function.

PRINTED Either the actual number ofrecords printed by the function,or if a MOVE parameter wasused with a COPY function, thenumber of record sets (input andcorresponding output) thatprinted.

ENDING ON PAGE Last page on which printing for this function isfound. The value is therefore also the first page forthe next function that references the next dataset.


AccumulationsFigure 7-7 is aSYSPRINTreport generated when anaccumulation is takenusingACCUM parameters and aREPL parameter in the replace-by-locationformat. The reportalso shows a secondformat for commentsgenerated bySYSPRINT--aprint of a comment at the end of thecontrol card. Commentsof this format must beseparated from thelast entry of the card by atleast oneblank space. Totals generatedfrom ACCUM parameters areshown on theSYSPRINTreport when noSYSTOTAL DD is provided in theJCL. See“SYSTOTAL Output” on page 7-22 formore information.


$$DD01 SPACE ACCUM=(87,6,C,'TOTAL WITHOLD'), COMMENT* A COMMENT LINE BY ITSELF

REPL=(31,C'X')ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON NORMAL EOD RC=0

RECORDS-READ=50

FOLLOWING TOTALS DEVELOPED FROMUSERID9.FASAMP.EMPLOYEE VOL=PRD802

TOTAL WITHOLD--------------------16323600

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ACTIONS TAKEN MAP- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -RPL#1--------50

Figure 7-7. SYSPRINT Accumulation Report

Dataset Processing ReportsFigure 7-8 is sampleSYSPRINToutput of a KSDSdatasetaccessedrandomlyusing a KEYparameter.


$$DD01 PRINT KEY=C'00200',OUT=5ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON PRINT MATCH RC=0


Figure 7-8. SYSPRINT VSAM KSDS Output Report

Figure 7-9 shows a sampleSYSPRINToutput generated whenmultivolumedatasets are processed. It reports thenumber ofprocessed records andvolumeserialnumbers. In addition, when concatenations areprocessed, the datasetname is reported.

DD01 DSN=CW.FA.TF.MULTVOL.SEQ OPENED AS PS,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=1600,VOL=PRD906

DD01O DSN=USERID0.COPYTF OPENED AS PS,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=1600,VOL=PRD911

$$DD01 COPY500 RECORDS WERE READ FROM PRD90654 RECORDS WERE READ FROM PRD907ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON NORMAL EOD RC=0


554 RECORDS WRITTEN TO DD01O-USERID0.COPYTF ***RECORD COUNT***VOL=PRD911

Figure 7-9. SYSPRINT Multivolume Dataset Output

Output Reports 7-7

Figure 7-10 on page 7-7shows a sampleSYSPRINToutput generated whenthe USERfunction is used with threeWRITE parameters tocreate threeoutput datasets. The openingmessage foreach dataset appears below thecontrol card listing.

* CREATE THREE SEQUENTIAL COPIES OF A VSAM FILEDD01 DSN=USERID0.FASAMP.EMPLOYEE OPENED AS KSDS,

LRECL=198,KEYLEN=5,NRECRDS=50,CINV=2048,MAXRBA=36864,VOL=PRD802$$DD01 USER WRITE=(A,B,C)A DSN=USERID0.EMPSEQA OPENED AS PS,

RECFM=FB,LRECL=198,BLKSIZE=1980,VOL=PRD929B DSN=USERID0.EMPSEQB OPENED AS PS,

RECFM=FB,LRECL=198,BLKSIZE=1980,VOL=PRD929C DSN=USERID0.EMPSEQC OPENED AS PS,

RECFM=FB,LRECL=198,BLKSIZE=1980,VOL=PRD929ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON NORMAL EOD RC=0


Figure 7-10. SYSPRINT Multiple Dataset Opening Messages

Closing Message/Record CountFigure 7-11 shows a sampleSYSPRINToutput generated whenFile-AIDcloses anoutput dataset. Theclosing message consists of thenumber ofrecords(and PDS members) written to thedataset, along with the dataset name(s) andvolume serialnumber(s). SYSPRINTalso labels the lineRECORD COUNTfor easy reference.

50 RECORDS WRITTEN TO A-USERID0.EMPSEQA ***RECORD COUNT***VOL=PRD929

50 RECORDS WRITTEN TO B-USERID0.EMPSEQB ***RECORD COUNT***VOL=PRD929

50 RECORDS WRITTEN TO C-USERID0.EMPSEQC ***RECORD COUNT***VOL=PRD929

Figure 7-11. SYSPRINT Closing Message/Record Count

Alternate DateFigure 7-12 shows the alternate date format(SEP - 09 -1996) that SYSPRINTgenerates forSeptember 9,1996.

F I L E - A I D V8.0.1 SEP - 09 - 1996 14.16.47 *CONTROL CARD LIST*INSTALLATION FILE-AID DEVELOPMENT/MAINTENANCE STAFF 474747 RELEASE 08/29/96

PROGRAM AND ALL MATERIAL COPYRIGHT 1980,1994 BY COMPUWARE CORPORATION1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80

Figure 7-12. SYSPRINT Alternate Date


Data CheckFigure 7-13 shows aSYSPRINT loggenerated whenFile-AID recognizes adata check. If the errorblock is printed, the right-handcolumn displaysPRINTED, asshown in thefigure. If it is not printed, the data check isloggedbut the right-handcolumn displaysSKIPPED.

DD01 OPENED AS PS,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200,DENSITY=6250$$DD01 SDATA CHECK ON DD01-DECK01 AT BLOCK 8 ***SKIPPED***DATA CHECK ON DD01-DECK01 AT BLOCK 17 ***PRINTED***ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON NORMAL EOD RC=0

BLKS-SKIPPED=2,RECORDS-READ=694

Figure 7-13. SYSPRINT Data Check Log

Block Count Error LogFigure 7-14 shows aSYSPRINT loggenerated when ablock count error isencountered. This logconsists of thevolume serialnumber of the tape in error,and the record discrepancy.Although logged,File-AID ignores the discrepancy.

DD02 OPENED AS PS,RECFM=F,LRECL=150,BLKSIZE=150,DENSITY=6250$$DD02 SBLOCK COUNT ERROR ON WRS333 TAPE=2000,FILEAID=1000 IGNORED ***ERROR***ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON NORMAL EOD RC=0

RECORDS-READ=1000

Figure 7-14. SYSPRINT Block Count Error Log

Output PDS Error LogFigure 7-15 shows aSYSPRINT loggenerated when errors arefound in outputPDSs. The logreports themember inwhich the error occurred along with thespecificproblem.

DD01 DSN=USERID9.JCL OPENED AS PO,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,VOL=PRD902

DD01O DSN=USERID9.TEST.JCL OPENED AS PO,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,VOL=PRD927

$$DD01 COPYALLER184-DD01O DIRECTORY IS FULL, LAST MEMBER WAS ASSEMBLEABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON ABOVE I/O ERROR RC=12 **ERROR** DE53

MEMBERS-READ=6,SELECTED=6,COPIED=5,RECORDS-READ=279,COPIED=279

5 MEMBERS,279 RECORDS WRITTEN TO DD01O-USERID9.TEST.JCL ***RECORD COUNT***VOL=PRD927

Figure 7-15. SYSPRINT Output PDS Error Log

Input PDS Error LogFigure 7-16 on page 7-9shows aSYSPRINT loggenerated when errors arefound in specificmembers of input PDSs. File-AIDlogs theerror in anymember andcontinuesprocessing with thenext member.

Output Reports 7-9

DD01 DSN=USERID9.PDSA OPENED AS PO,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,VOL=PRD906

$$DD01 LIST OUT=50STEP1 ,112,DA,DD01 ,READ ,WRNG.LEN.RECORD,0000002C000404,BPAMPROCESSING ON MEMBER BATCH3 HALTED DUE TO ABOVE I/O ERROR RC=12 **ERROR** DE53

Figure 7-16. SYSPRINT Input PDS Error Log

DCB Abend LogsFigure 7-17 shows aSYSPRINTreport generated for a DCBabend in anoutput PDS. To facilitate restarts, thisreport lists thememberbeing processedat the time of the error.

DD01 DSN=USERID9.JCL OPENED AS PO,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=6160,VOL=PRD902

DD01O DSN=USERID9.TEST.JCL OPENED AS PO,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,VOL=PRD927

$$DD01 COPYALLER339-ABEND D37 WAS ENCOUNTERED ON USERID0.TEST.JCL MEMBER = BATCH1ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON ABOVE I/O ERROR RC=12 **ERROR** DE53

MEMBERS-READ=1,SELECTED=1,RECORDS-READ=28,COPIED=28

28 RECORDS WRITTEN TO DD01O-USERID0.TEST.JCL ***RECORD COUNT***VOL=PRD927

Figure 7-17. SYSPRINT Output PDS DCB Abend Report

Figure 7-18 shows aSYSPRINTreport generated for a DCBabend thatlogsan openerror (013-20). AFile-AID error message(DE08) is listed in theright-hand column.

$$DD01 COPYER048-OPEN ERROR 13-20 WAS ENCOUNTERED ON DD01 RC=8......SKIPPING TO NEXT $$DD CARD

Figure 7-18. SYSPRINT Open Error DCB Abend Report

Open Error LogsFigure 7-19 shows aSYSPRINTreport generated for anopenerror (DE02)with a feedback code(FDBK=08). Furtherexplanations of errormessages andfeedback codes aregiven in Chapter 8,“MessageCodes” onpage 8-1.

$$DD02 SUNABLE TO OPEN DD02 DCB/ABEND 013-20 RC=8 **ERROR** DE02,FDBK=08......SKIPPING TO NEXT $$DD CARD

Figure 7-19. SYSPRINT Open Error with Feedback Code

SYSPRINT VSAM WarningFigure 7-20 on page 7-10shows aSYSPRINT loggenerated for aVSAMwarning message.File-AID ignores thismessage andattempts toprocess thedataset.


VSAM OPEN WARNING,FDBK=116 **WARNING** DE09DD03 OPENED AS ESDS,LRECL=80,NRECRDS=25,CINV=12288,MAXRBA=491520$$DD03 DUMP OUT=3ABOVE FUNCTION ENDED ON PRINT MATCH


Figure 7-20. SYSPRINT VSAM Warning Message

Invalid Packed Field ErrorFigure 7-21 shows aSYSPRINT loggenerated for an invalidpackedfield in arecord in$$DD01. File-AID forces a dump of therecord and thepositionfound to be inerror (in thiscase,position93). Thedumpedrecord isoutputon this listing if no SYSLIST DD statement isspecified.


$$DD01 TALLY ACCUM=(93,'PACKED FIELD')INVALID PACKED DATA. CHECK LAST DUMPED RECORD, POSITION 93

Figure 7-21. SYSPRINT Invalid Packed Field Error Log

Control Card Error LogFigure 7-22 showsnormal controlcard errormessages generated bySYSPRINT. These controlcard errormessages are self-explanatory; theylistthe approximate location of the error. To helplocate the error, acount fieldappears below the error controlcard andstops at thecolumn in error.


$$DD01 LIST IF=(93,EQ,P'12Z')1...5...10...15...20...25..NON-NUMERIC DATA PRESENT IN IF, CHECK DATA STARTING IN COLUMN 27 RC=8 **ERROR**.....SKIPPING TO NEXT $$DD CARD

Figure 7-22. SYSPRINT Control Card Error Log

SYSLIST OutputThis sectiondescribes the followingoutput reports andmessages bySYSLIST:

SYSLIST headingDisk datasetaccess messageDUMP requestPRINT requestOutput recordprintLIST requestFPRINT requestChanged/truncatedrecord tagVSAM retrievaloutputTapedataset blocksSequential dataset records.

Output Reports 7-11

HeadingFigure 7-23 shows theSYSLIST headinginformation generated for eachaccesseddataset. The headinglines include:

File-AID releasenumberAccess dateTime of executionMatching controlcard and DDnumberDataset name (currentdataset if concatenated)Member name if thedataset is a PDSVolume serialnumber(current volume if multivolume)Pagenumberrelative to thestart of this dataset.

The third line shows the placement of thecolumn scale when ashort form isrequested with aF O R M = S H O R Tparametervalue. Thecolumn scalelengthis determined by the length of theoutput records. For recordsunder 100 bytes,the line is as long as themaximumLRECL of the dataset. If records are 100bytes or longer, thecolumn scale lineprinted isexactly 100.

F I L E - A I D V8.0.1 09 - SEP - 1996 14.16.47 PAGE 1DD01=USERID0.FASAMP.INVFILE VOL=PRD908

1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80

Figure 7-23. SYSLIST Heading Information

Disk Dataset AccessFigure 7-24 on page 7-12shows theSYSLIST informationgenerated when adisk sequential, direct, orpartitioned dataset is printed. This informationincludes the cylinder onwhich the dataset is stored, the head, and the recordnumberwithin a track each time a new block is read. For sequential and parti-tioned datasets, the block length isalsoshown.


RECRD 1 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12222 COAXIAL CABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 100490031-07-000 DATA 5170 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 3 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROO101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR KLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE MCG301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR OVERN 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON 215401...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 34829122153482900501...5...10...15..

RECRD 2 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12223 COAXIAL CABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL - 091791...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....





CHAR 34829122153482900501...5...10...15..

Figure 7-24. SYSLIST Disk Dataset Information

DUMP RequestFigure 7-25 shows theSYSLIST output generated when aDUMP function orparameter is requested.Eachrecord isnumbered from thebeginning of thedataset. The length of each record is alsoshown.

RECRD 1 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12222 COAXIAL CABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 100490031-07-000 DATA 5170 ZONE 0000CDCE6FFFFF44444CDCECCD4CCCDC444444444444444444444444444CE0020DECC6D444000FFFFFFCCDCECCD4100FFFFF

NUMR 2500361701222200000361791303123500000000000000000000000000063005C58321600030C12159331315193000C100491...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 3 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOZONE F030000FFFFFCFFCCEE4CDCEE4CDCCEDCCCD4EEDDDE44020CCDD4DDCCCD44444444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFCDDDNUMR 300C10C0250519051230361230535339931302477380000C3193029175500000000000000718458392871845839001872966

101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR KLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRICZONE DDED4CDCCEDCC4444444444444030ECDDE4DCDC444444444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFCDCECD4CDCCEDCC44444444NUMR 2385053533993000000000000000C21338029570000000000000007188329384718832930017669125905353399300000000

201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE MCGZONE 4444444040CCDDCC4DEECCD444444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFCEDCCD4CDCEEEDCCD4CDCCEDCC4444045CECDC4DCCNUMR 000000005C75697504429130000000000002123721827212372180019244531509544239913053533993000007C441550437

301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR OVERN 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON 215ZONE DECDD44444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFDCEEECCCDC4EEDDDE4CD4444444444015CCDDCC4DCEEDD444444444444FFFNUMR 65595000000000009173728123917372810014579332695340247738036000000000003C7569750556365000000000000215

401...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 34829122153482900ZONE FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFNUMR 34829122153482900

501...5...10...15..

Figure 7-25. SYSLIST DUMP Request Output

Output Reports 7-13

PRINT RequestFigure 7-26 shows theSYSLIST output generated when aPRINT function orparameter is requested.Since theprinted records in thefigure arealsounblocked, SYSLIST numberseach block and shows the length(BLOCK-2,DATA-80).

BLOCK 1 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12222 COAXIAL CABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 1004930016-00-000 DATA 517 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE MCGOVER301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR N 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON 2153482401...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 9122153482900501...5...10...15..

BLOCK 2 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12223 COAXIAL CABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL - 0917930016-00-001 DATA 517 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE MCGOVER301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR N 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON 2153482401...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 9122153482900501...5...10...15..

Figure 7-26. SYSLIST PRINT Request Output


Output Record PrintFigure 7-27 shows anoutput record printed bySYSLIST. Theoutput recordalways follows theinput recordfrom which it wascreated, and indicates therecordnumberrelative to theoutput dataset. When multiple datasets arecreated, this record shows thelast dataset to which a record was written.

RECRD 1 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12222 COAXIAL CABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 100490031-07-000 DATA 5170 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....





CHAR 34829122153482900501...5...10...15..

OUTPUT 1 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12222 COAXIAL CABLE ****** NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 11...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 00493 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR BROOKLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR MCGOVERN 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON401...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 2153482912215348501...5...10...15..

Figure 7-27. SYSLIST Output Record PRINT

Output Reports 7-15

LIST RequestFigure 7-28 shows theSYSLIST output generated when aLIST function isrequested.Note that norecordinformation (length) is printed. Because of this,listed records ofmore than 100bytes canproduceconfusingoutput.

File-AID adds "tags" to the left-handcolumns ofoutput forchanged ortrun-cated records. TheTRUNCATED and CHANGED tags areoutput when aLISTALL function with EDIT parameters isexecuted. When using logicalJCL processing, anADDED tag is printed ifrecords are added duringediting.Other examples of tags areshown inFigure 7-33 on page 7-20.

***C H A N G E D*** COAX-12222 COFFEE TABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 100493 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC

GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE MCGOVERN 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON 21534829122153482900

***C H A N G E D*** COAX-12223 COFFEE TABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL - 091793 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC


***C H A N G E D*** COAX-12223A COFFEE TABLE FT NYCB/O 120593CALB/O 123193 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY & CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC


***C H A N G E D*** COAX-747 COFFEE TABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALNOSTCK02503A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY & CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROO

KLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRICGEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800

***C H A N G E D*** COAX-747-A COFFEE TABLE FT NYCAVAIL & 121593CALAVAIL 112993 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY & CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC

GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A72MIDWEST SUPPLY CO *MICHELLEMATTHEWS 40272833814027283300A15WESTERN ELECTRIC SUPPLY @JOHN NEWTON 90673636729067363600

***C H A N G E D*** COAX-777-LONG COFFEE TABLE FT NYCB/O 122093CALAVAIL 101393 02503A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOKLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRIC

GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800EF9000 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS EA g/ NYCB/O *122793CALAVAIL *08159

3 * *09004H21INDUSRTIAL AIR JEFFREY ROKOP 31292837213129283700H32MIDWEST COOLING SUPPLIES & KAREN LIDSKY 40628273784062827300H40AIR CONDITIONING SUPPLIES *ALLEN MCLAIN 31373738213137373800V01COOLING MAX INC *PAUL VERMANN 21477362712147736200

Figure 7-28. SYSLIST LIST Request Output and Tags


FPRINT RequestFigure 7-29 shows theoutput that FPRINT (formatted print)generates withthe defaultSHOW=FORMAT parameter.SHOW=FORMAT presents afield length andfield format for each layoutfield. See Appendix B,“DataFormat Abbreviations” onpage B-1 formore information.

01 - NOV - 1997 FILE-AID 8.0.2 PRINT FACILITY 10:17:51 PAGE 1

FILE CONTENTS REPORTFile Printed USERID0.FASAMP.EMPLOYEEType VSAM KSDS

RECORD: 1 EMPLOYEE-MASTER-FILE LENGTH: 198---- FIELD LEVEL/NAME ------- -FORMAT- ----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----

5 EMP-NUMBER 5/AN 000905 EMP-LAST-NAME 15/AN MARTIN5 EMP-FIRST-NAME 10/AN EDWARD5 EMP-MID-INIT 1/AN M5 FILLER 2/AN5 EMP-TITLE 30/AN AIRPLANE MANUFACTURER5 EMP-PERSONAL-INFO SYNC 23/GRP

10 EMP-NATL-ID-NUMBER 9/NUM 42789012510 FILLER 1/AN10 EMP-DATE-OF-BIRTH 6/AN 10195410 EMP-HIRE-DATE 6/AN 92010110 EMP-MARITAL-STATUS 1/AN M

5 EMP-WITHOLD-INFO SYNC 15/GRP10 EMP-LIFE-INS-WITHOLD-AMT DISPLAY 30000}

6/SNUM -3000.0010 EMP-NATL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT 3/PS -74.0010 EMP-REGION-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

3/PS 25.0010 EMP-LOCAL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

3/PS 5.005 EMP-HOME-ADDRESS SYNC 50/GRP

10 EMP-STREET-ADDRESS 25/AN 859 O'FARREL ST.10 FILLER 1/AN10 EMP-CITY 15/AN SAN FRANCISCO10 EMP-STATE-PROV-CNTY SYNC 4/GRP

15 EMP-STATE 2/AN CA15 FILLER 2/AN

10 EMP-POSTAL-CODE 5/NUM 121215 EMP-EMERGENCY-CONTACT SYNC 47/GRP

10 EMP-CONTACT-NAME 25/AN BILL JONES10 FILLER 2/AN10 EMP-CON-WORK-PHONE 10/AN 408555589710 EMP-CON-HOME-PHONE 10/AN 4155556981

Figure 7-29. FPRINT Output (SHOW=FORMAT)

Output Reports 7-17

Figure 7-30 shows theoutput that FPRINT (formatted print)generates whenthe SHOW=OFFSETparameter is coded.SHOW=OFFSETreports theoffset of each layoutfield from the beginning of the record, in bytesrelative to0.



RECORD: 1 EMPLOYEE-MASTER-FILE LENGTH: 198---- FIELD LEVEL/NAME ------- RELATIVE ----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----

5 EMP-NUMBER 0 000905 EMP-LAST-NAME 5 MARTIN5 EMP-FIRST-NAME 20 EDWARD5 EMP-MID-INIT 30 M5 FILLER 315 EMP-TITLE 33 AIRPLANE MANUFACTURER5 EMP-PERSONAL-INFO SYNC 63

10 EMP-NATL-ID-NUMBER 63 42789012510 FILLER 7210 EMP-DATE-OF-BIRTH 73 10195410 EMP-HIRE-DATE 79 92010110 EMP-MARITAL-STATUS 85 M

5 EMP-WITHOLD-INFO SYNC 8610 EMP-LIFE-INS-WITHOLD-AMT 86 30000}

86 -3000.0010 EMP-NATL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT 92 -74.0010 EMP-REGION-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

95 25.0010 EMP-LOCAL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

98 5.005 EMP-HOME-ADDRESS SYNC 101

10 EMP-STREET-ADDRESS 101 859 O'FARREL ST.10 FILLER 12610 EMP-CITY 127 SAN FRANCISCO10 EMP-STATE-PROV-CNTY SYNC 142

15 EMP-STATE 142 CA15 FILLER 144

10 EMP-POSTAL-CODE 146 121215 EMP-EMERGENCY-CONTACT SYNC 151

10 EMP-CONTACT-NAME 151 BILL JONES10 FILLER 17610 EMP-CON-WORK-PHONE 178 408555589710 EMP-CON-HOME-PHONE 188 4155556981

Figure 7-30. FPRINT Output (SHOW=OFFSET)


Figure 7-31 shows theoutput that FPRINT (formatted print)generates whenthe SHOW=PICTUREparameter is coded.SHOW=PICTUREpresents thepicture clause associated with eachlayout field.



RECORD: 1 EMPLOYEE-MASTER-FILE LENGTH: 198---- FIELD LEVEL/NAME ------- PICTURE- ----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----

5 EMP-NUMBER X(5) 000905 EMP-LAST-NAME X(15) MARTIN5 EMP-FIRST-NAME X(10) EDWARD5 EMP-MID-INIT X M5 FILLER XX5 EMP-TITLE X(30) AIRPLANE MANUFACTURER5 EMP-PERSONAL-INFO SYNC GROUP

10 EMP-NATL-ID-NUMBER 9(9) 42789012510 FILLER X10 EMP-DATE-OF-BIRTH X(6) 10195410 EMP-HIRE-DATE X(6) 92010110 EMP-MARITAL-STATUS X M

5 EMP-WITHOLD-INFO SYNC GROUP10 EMP-LIFE-INS-WITHOLD-AMT DISPLAY 30000}

S9(4)V99 -3000.0010 EMP-NATL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT S999V99 -74.0010 EMP-REGION-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

S999V99 25.0010 EMP-LOCAL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

S999V99 5.005 EMP-HOME-ADDRESS SYNC GROUP

10 EMP-STREET-ADDRESS X(25) 859 O'FARREL ST.10 FILLER X10 EMP-CITY X(15) SAN FRANCISCO10 EMP-STATE-PROV-CNTY SYNC GROUP

15 EMP-STATE XX CA15 FILLER XX

10 EMP-POSTAL-CODE 9(5) 121215 EMP-EMERGENCY-CONTACT SYNC GROUP

10 EMP-CONTACT-NAME X(25) BILL JONES10 FILLER XX10 EMP-CON-WORK-PHONE X(10) 408555589710 EMP-CON-HOME-PHONE X(10) 4155556981

Figure 7-31. FPRINT Output (SHOW=PICTURE)

Output Reports 7-19

Figure 7-32 shows theoutput that FPRINT (formatted print)generates whenthe SHOW=NUMBERparameter is coded.SHOW=NUMBER presents anumber,assigned byFile-AID, for each layoutfield.



RECORD: 1 EMPLOYEE-MASTER-FILE LENGTH: 198---- FIELD LEVEL/NAME ------- -NUMBER- ----+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----

5 EMP-NUMBER 1 000905 EMP-LAST-NAME 2 MARTIN5 EMP-FIRST-NAME 3 EDWARD5 EMP-MID-INIT 4 M5 FILLER 55 EMP-TITLE 6 AIRPLANE MANUFACTURER5 EMP-PERSONAL-INFO SYNC 7

10 EMP-NATL-ID-NUMBER 8 42789012510 FILLER 910 EMP-DATE-OF-BIRTH 10 10195410 EMP-HIRE-DATE 15 92010110 EMP-MARITAL-STATUS 16 M

5 EMP-WITHOLD-INFO SYNC 1710 EMP-LIFE-INS-WITHOLD-AMT 18 30000}

18 -3000.0010 EMP-NATL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT 19 -74.0010 EMP-REGION-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

20 25.0010 EMP-LOCAL-TAX-WITHOLD-PCT

21 5.005 EMP-HOME-ADDRESS SYNC 22

10 EMP-STREET-ADDRESS 23 859 O'FARREL ST.10 FILLER 2410 EMP-CITY 25 SAN FRANCISCO10 EMP-STATE-PROV-CNTY SYNC 26

15 EMP-STATE 27 CA15 FILLER 28

10 EMP-POSTAL-CODE 29 121215 EMP-EMERGENCY-CONTACT SYNC 30

10 EMP-CONTACT-NAME 31 BILL JONES10 FILLER 3210 EMP-CON-WORK-PHONE 33 408555589710 EMP-CON-HOME-PHONE 34 4155556981

Figure 7-32. FPRINT Output (SHOW=NUMBER)


Changed/Truncated Record Output TagsFigure 7-33 shows theSYSLIST tags generated whenchanged or truncatedrecords aredumped orprinted. Other tags areshown inFigure 7-28 onpage 7-15.

RECRD 1 DATA 517 CHAR COAX-12222 COFFEE TABLE FT NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL 10049***C H A N G E D*** ZONE 0000CDCE6FFFFF44444CDCCCC4ECCDC4444444444444444444444444444CE0020DECC6D444000FFFFFFCCDCECCD4100FFFFF

NUMR 2500361701222200000366655031235000000000000000000000000000063005C58321600030C12159331315193000C100491...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 3 02505A90EAST COAST ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CARL KRAGEN 71845839287184583900A87BROOZONE F030000FFFFFCFFCCEE4CDCEE4CDCCEDCCCD4EEDDDE44020CCDD4DDCCCD44444444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFCDDDNUMR 300C10C0250519051230361230535339931302477380000C3193029175500000000000000718458392871845839001872966

101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR KLYN ELECTRIC SALLY KING 71883293847188329300A76FRASER ELECTRICZONE DDED4CDCCEDCC4444444444444030ECDDE4DCDC444444444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFCDCECD4CDCCEDCC44444444NUMR 2385053533993000000000000000C21338029570000000000000007188329384718832930017669125905353399300000000

201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR GEORGE MUSIAL 21237218272123721800A92DUNCAN INDUSTRIAL ELECTRIC *DUANE MCGZONE 4444444040CCDDCC4DEECCD444444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFCEDCCD4CDCEEEDCCD4CDCCEDCC4444045CECDC4DCCNUMR 000000005C75697504429130000000000002123721827212372180019244531509544239913053533993000007C441550437

301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR OVERN 91737281239173728100A45PITTSFIELD SUPPLY CO *GEORGE NEWTON 215ZONE DECDD44444444444FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFCFFDCEEECCCDC4EEDDDE4CD4444444444015CCDDCC4DCEEDD444444444444FFFNUMR 65595000000000009173728123917372810014579332695340247738036000000000003C7569750556365000000000000215

401...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 34829122153482900ZONE FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFNUMR 34829122153482900

501...5...10...15..

Figure 7-33. SYSLIST DUMP Changed/Truncated Record Output Tags

VSAM Dataset RetrievalFigure 7-34 shows theSYSLIST output of a VSAMdataset print.Since theVSAM file is a keyeddataset, the key of this record can be printed. The keyprinting feature isoptional; it can be turned on or off at any time byusing theK E Y = parameter. The RBA of eachVSAM record is printed to helpfind arecord's locationrelative to the first byte in aVSAM dataset. After printing thekey portion, SYSLIST thenprints the actual record.

RECRD 1 KEY 5 CHAR 000901...5

RECRD 1 DATA 198 CHAR 00090MARTIN EDWARD M AIRPLANE MANUFACTURER 427890125 101954920101M30000} & &RBA 0 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 859 O'FARREL ST. SAN FRANCISCO CA 12121BILL JONES 40855558974155556981101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95...

RECRD 2 KEY 5 CHAR 001001...5

RECRD 2 DATA 198 CHAR 00100MULSTROM ROBERTA A HOLLYWOOD SEAMSTRESS 346573656 090859920111S80000{ & &RBA 198 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 4701 N. BASCOM AVE. #430 ANAHEIM CA 95126GEORGE 21555520102155559021101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95...

Figure 7-34. SYSLIST VSAM Retrieval PRINT Output

Output Reports 7-21

Tape Dataset BlocksFigure 7-35 shows theSYSLIST output for tapedatasets. The blocknumber,relative toone, and the blocksize areoutput.

BLOCK 1 DATA 20 CHARZONE 00000000000040040004NUMR D0000400600000180218

1...5...10...15...20

BLOCK 2 DATA 328 CHAR q & & J K & && K+ < K +& N & n & j & %KZONE 9ED01B0041B1000950100051D05D101D510151105110D0D41055D4455116D4D4BDD0D450D051B347B5905047B5985048B6DNUMR 0C0C8F70500000088000AA000800048180008000800423080C80081008762E0C0C270E04520118700A5003700A1003700C2

1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95....

CHAR * 0 kj & =K * 0 k & N kK * 0 | q < ) -& n & & 0 HZONE D5B44FB9925048B7D0D5B34FB9B150D010B347B9D2D511004FB900040050B941D4B1B905465015905047B355D0004FBC000NUMR 0C1070021003700E270C107002F70C530C1C70022B0C0070700E000F008008100CF80CAD3000A65000700C8004707008000

101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95....

CHAR D NqZONE 50BC41D0001D9ED01F0F4444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444NUMR 80041000AA858C0C7F7E0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95....

CHAR TERMINAL JFCBSYSOUTZONE 0000ECDDCDCD0000DCCCEEEDEE00NUMR 0000359495130000163228264300

301...5...10...15...20...25...

Figure 7-35. SYSLIST Tape Dataset Block Output

Sequential Dataset RecordsFigure 7-36 shows theSYSLIST output ofprocessing a sequential datasetbackwards. The recordnumberindicates therecord's locationrelative to theend of the dataset.SYSLIST also shows thelocation of this block on thedisk.

RECRD -1 DATA 355 CHAR 3800-3XL2006 IBM LASER PRNTR W/ ALL PNTS ADDRESSABLE EA NYCAVAIL 121593CALNOSTCK0031-07-003 DATA 5105 1...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 50003I02FERGUSON COMPUTERS *MARTHA SMITH 21283736472128373600I04THE101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR PRINTERS SUPPLY STORE KEN JACKSON 71388372837138837200I10PRINTERS AND MORE201...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR & RICHARD GIBBONS 80873829408087382900301...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55

RECRD -2 DATA 355 CHAR 3800-3XL2005 IBM LASER PRNTR W/ ALL PNTS ADDRESSABLE EA NYCAVAIL 121593CALAVAIL 010991...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 4 50003I02FERGUSON COMPUTERS *MARTHA SMITH 21283736472128373600I04THE101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....



RECRD -3 DATA 355 CHAR 3800-3XL2004 IBM LASER PRNTR W/ ALL PNTS ADDRESSABLE EA NYCB/O 121593CALAVAIL @011591...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....

CHAR 4 50003I02FERGUSON COMPUTERS *MARTHA SMITH 21283736472128373600I04THE101...5...10...15...20...25...30...35...40...45...50...55...60...65...70...75...80...85...90...95.....



Figure 7-36. SYSLIST Sequential Dataset Backward Processing Output


SYSTOTAL OutputThis sectiondescribes the followingreports andmessages generated to theSYSTOTAL DD:

SYSTOTAL headingCommentsAccumulationsData Type Accumulations ExampleNegativeAccumulations Example.

Note: The recordformat (RECFM=) of apre-allocated datasetreferenced bythe SYSTOTAL DD will be modifed toFBM.

HeadingFigure 7-37 shows theSYSTOTAL headingline that identifies theoutput asthe audit totalspage. The headingcontains theFile-AID release level, thedate,and the time of execution.Time is listed in hours, minutes, andseconds.

F I L E - A I D V8.0.1 09 - SEP - 1996 11.02.26 *AUDIT TOTALS LIST*

Figure 7-37. SYSTOTAL Heading Line

CommentsFigure 7-38 showsSYSTOTAL commentcardoutput. Anycontrol cardscon-taining an asterisk (*) incolumn 1 arewritten to theSYSTOTAL report. Thisallows you toformat your own reportheadings. Comments areprinted asentered onSYSTOTAL. If centering ofcommenttext is desired,just centeryour comments in thecommentcard. If aSYSTOTAL DD is notprovided,comments areprinted as entered onSYSPRINT, and reported as shown inFigure 7-7 onpage 7-6.

* THIS COMMENT IS A HEADING TO IDENTIFY* THE SYSTOTAL OUTPUT

Figure 7-38. SYSTOTAL Comments

AccumulationsFigure 7-39 shows theoutput generated onSYSTOTAL each timeaccumu-lations are taken on adifferent dataset. Theoutput consists of theline: FOL-LOWING TOTALS DEVELOPED FROM, followed by a line identifying thedatasetname, and thefirst volume serialnumber.

FOLLOWING TOTALS DEVELOPED FROMUSERID0.FASAMP.EMPLOYEE VOL=PRD802

Figure 7-39. SYSTOTAL Accumulation Dataset Heading

Output Reports 7-23

Figure 7-40 shows theSYSTOTAL accumulationsoutput. Thefirst two linesshow thedefault descriptionthat SYSTOTAL uses when nodescription isentered. The default description includes thelocation entered in theACCUMparameter. The third and fourthlines aredescriptions coded in theACCUMparameter.

LOCATION 00087-------------------16323600LOCATION 00099---------------------174489LIFE INS SINGLE TOT---------------8060000LOCAL TAX SINGLE TOT-----------------9950

Figure 7-40. SYSTOTAL Accumulation Output - Default Description

Figure 7-41 shows the controlcards used for theseaccumulations.

$$DD01 COPYALL ACCUM=(87,6,C),ACCUM=(99),IF=(86,EQ,C'S'),ACCUM=(87,6,C,'LIFE INS SINGLE TOT'),ACCUM=(99,'LOCAL TAX SINGLE TOT')

Figure 7-41. SYSTOTAL Accumulation Control Cards

Data Type Accumulations ExampleFigure 7-42 shows aSYSTOTAL output for asecond dataset, whichaccumu-latescharacter, binary, and packed data. Thecontrol cards used for thisexample areshown inFigure 7-43 on page 7-24.

F I L E - A I D V8.0.1 09 - SEP - 1996 11.19.47 *AUDIT TOTALS LIST

** ACCUMULATE FIELDS COMMENT CARD 1* COMMENT CARD2*

FOLLOWING TOTALS DEVELOPED FROMUSERID0.ACCUM.DATA VOL=VOL002

ACCUMULATE CHARACTER-----------------5555BINARY ACCUMULATION--------------------10ACCUMULATE PACKED DATA-----------------25

Figure 7-42. SYSTOTAL Accumulation Output Example


** ACCUMULATE FIELDS COMMENT CARD 1* COMMENT CARD2*$$DD01 DUMP REPL=(2,C'111'),

ACCUM=(2,4,C,'ACCUMULATE CHARACTER'),REPL=(9,X'000002'),ACCUM=(9,3,B,'BINARY ACCUMULATION'),REPL=(50,X'000000000000005C'),ACCUM=(50,'ACCUMULATE PACKED DATA')

Figure 7-43. SYSTOTAL Accumulation Control Cards Example

Negative Accumulation ExampleFigure 7-44 shows theoutput that SYSTOTAL generates for negativeaccumu-lations. File-AID allows for accumulation of up to 15digits. Figure 7-45shows the controlcards for theseaccumulations. Italso shows the use of posi-tive and negative relativelocations.

FOLLOWING TOTALS DEVELOPED FROMUSERID9.TESTB VOL=PRD925

LOCATION 00001--------------------------2LOCATION 00005--------------------------2LOCATION 00009--------------------------2-LOCATION 00005-------------------------10

Figure 7-44. SYSTOTAL Negative Accumulation Output Example

$$DD01 DUMP IF=(1,50,C'**,* *'),ACCUM=(1,1,C),REPL=(+5,X'000000001C'),ACCUM=(+5),REPL=(-9,X'00000000001D'),ACCUM=(-9),ORIF=(1,50,C'*'),REPL=(+5,X'005C'),ACCUM=(+5)

Figure 7-45. SYSTOTAL Negative Accumulation Control Cards Example

8-1

Chapter 8.Message Codes

This chapterdiscusses the following messagecodes used inFile-AID/Batch:

Control card error codesReturncodes.

Control Card Error CodesAll messagesfrom control card coding errorsappear on theSYSPRINTdataset.Control card errormessageshave thefollowing components:

Display of the card containing the errorCount line to helplocate the errorExplanation of theerrorDescription of the next actionthat File-AID takes.

When anerror message is generated, theword ERROR displays at the right-handside of the line. When a problemoccursafter datasets areopened forinput or output, theword ERROR may be followed byadditionalFile-AIDerror codes.

Eacherror code is described below.Examples oftypical errormessages inFile-AID output reports areshown in“Output PDSError Log” on page 7-8.

Code Description

DE01 No dataset in the job stream matches the datasetidentified in thecontrol statement ($$DDxx).

DE02 An error was encounteredwhile retrieving thedataset control block(DSCB) for thedisplayeddatasetidentifier. This message is followedby a feedback code(FDBK=) that reflects thecodesthat returnfromthe OBTAIN macro. Thefeedback codes are:

04 Volume containing thedatasetcannot be mounted.

08 The DSCB is not on thedisk specified in thecatalog.

12 Found apermanent I/Oerror while trying to retrieve aDSCBfor the identifieddataset.

DE03 Cannot calculateaccessmethod of thedataset due to incorrectdiskspace allocation or a system error.Ensure that thecorrectaccessmethod isused. If the errorpersists, reallocate thedataset.

DE04 Received an errorfrom a generatecontrol block macrowhile an exitlist for a VSAM dataset was being built. ADE04 occurs only whenmany concurrentVSAM datasets are created with aWRITE param-eter. Allocate alarger regionsize.


DE05 Allocated insufficient space tobuild an accessmethodcontrol blockfor a VSAM dataset. Allocate alargerregionsize.

DE06 Region size isinsufficient to build a request parameterlist for aVSAM dataset. Allocate alarger regionsize.

DE07 Cannot determine theVSAM dataset type(KSDS, ESDS,RRDS).This is probably asystem error. Delete and reallocate the datasets.

DE08 Returned anerror from anopen macro orfound a DCB abend. ForVSAM datasets, a feedback code(FDBK=) prints to help determinethe exact error. Themost commonfeedback codes are:

136 Insufficient memory is available tocontain all workareas orbuffers.

160 Found inconsistent operands in the controlblocks. You canget this code byaccessing anempty dataset.

168 A dataset is notavailable for therequested processing type. Itmay be protected by passwordwhile beingopened for update.

184 I/O error cannot becorrected.

Other feedback codes are described in the IBMOS/VSVirtual StorageAccessMethod( V S A M ) Programmer's Guide.

DE09 VSAM issued awarning message. Awarning return code prints anddataset processing isattempted.

DE51 Found aninvalid member pointer in a PDSdirectory. Themember inerror is logged asskipped and processingcontinues.

DE52 The output PDSdirectory isfull. Processingstops.

DE53 Detected an I/O error on a dataset. Fornon-VSAM datasets, theerror message islike thosereceivedfrom a SYNADAF macroinstruc-tion. For VSAM datasets, a feedback code(FDBK=) prints. Themost commonfeedback codes are:

08 Attempted tostore a record with a duplicatekey.

12 Attempted to load orstore akeyed record out of sequence.

28 Cannot extend a dataset due to lack of space.

32 Specified a relativelocation that extendsbeyond the end of thedataset.

Other feedback codes are described in the IBMOS/VSVirtual StorageAccessMethod( V S A M ) Programmer's Guide.

Return CodesWhen anerror is detected, all processing on theaccesseddataset stopsunlessthe error is ignored. Allsubsequent controlcards for theerroneous dataset arechecked for validity and then bypassed. The decimalreturn codes issued byFile-AID always reflect thehighest error detected during execution.File-AIDreturn codes are described below.

Message Codes 8-3

Code Description

00 All functions completed withsuccess.

04 (1) Found anerror while decoding acontrol card. After printing anerror message onSYSPRINT,File-AID skips to the next validcontrolcard.(2) Issued a warningmessage for aVSAM dataset. Afterlogging thewarning onSYSPRINT,File-AID attempts toprocess the dataset.(3) One or morerecords weretruncated in aCOPY operation.(4) F O R M = J C L isspecified forprocessing a PDS and thecontinuedportion of a continued JCL statement ismissing. Themember(s) isidentified onSYSLIST. File-AID processing halts for themember(s)at the location of themissingcontinuation. As aresult, themember(s)does not completeprocessing.

08 (1) No valid input or output DD statementsmatch a controlcard.The invalid DD nameprints onSYSPRINT andFile-AID skips tothe next validcontrol card.(2) No records copied to theoutput dataset during aCOPY, DROPor USER function.(3) No VTOC information producedduring any VTOC function(VTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, or VTOCMAP).(4) No File-AID load moduleloaded when executing eitherCOMPARE or any VTOCfunction.(5) Your system does not allow thisfunction. CheckSYSPRINT forerror information. File-AID stopsprocessing thecurrent function andcontinues with the nextvalid control statement.(6) File-AID is unable tocompile thespecifiedrecord layout forFPRINT, RLPRINT, or XRPRINT. File-AID stopsprocessing thecurrent function and continues with the nextvalid control statement,or for XRPRINT, File-AID completes the functionwithout therecord layout.

12 File-AID detected an I/O error, while reading or writing adataset, orencountered an abend. CheckSYSPRINT forerror information.Depending on the error, File-AID either continuesprocessing thecurrent and subsequent functions or stopsprocessing thecurrent func-tion and continues with the nextvalid control statement.

16 Open for SYSINfailed. Processingstops.

24 File-AID is unable todynamically allocateSYSPRINT. Processingstops. Add//SYSPRINT to jobstream.

28 Open for SYSPRINTfailed. Processingstops. Refer to“GettingHelp” on page x.

32 File-AID is unable todynamically allocateSYSLIST. Processingstops. Add//SYSLIST to jobstream.

36 Open for SYSLISTfailed. Processingstops. Refer to“Getting Help”on page x.

40 Open for SYSTOTALfailed. Processingstops. Refer to“GettingHelp” on page x.

44 Specified an invalidparameter on the JCLEXEC card. Processingstops. Check thevalues in theEXEC card.


48 Entered a badaccesscode. Processingstops. Refer to“Getting Help”on page x.

52 Attempted to printinvalid audit trail file. Processingstops. Specify avalid audit trail file name.

102 Attempted to print unformatted audittrail report, but was unable toload the print program -FAAUNPR. Possible installerror - checkinstallation steps.

126 Load failed forFACOMMON. Processingstops.

128 Internal File-AID error occurred. Processingstops. Refer to“GettingHelp” on page x.

129 Internal errorprocessing security occurred. Processingstops. Refer to“Getting Help” on page x.

255 Compuwaresecurityfailed. Processingstops. Refer to“GettingHelp” on page x.

A-1

Appendix A.Examples

This appendix providesexamples ofFile-AID control cardsthat solvespecificproblems. Eachexample is organized asfollows:

States theproblemShows the controlcards required tosolve theproblemStates thelogic of the solution.

For each example, the JCL described in“JCL Required for Execution” onpage 2-13 isassumed to be present.

A table that references thefunctions and parameters used in each example ofthis appendix isshown in TableA-1. The examples are organized according tothe complexity of their syntax, with themost simpleexamples presentedfirstand the mostcomplex examples presentedlast.

Table A-1. Example Function/Parameter Cross Reference

Example Function Parameters

3 COPY DUMP, IF, OUT, SELECT6 COPY CCUM, DUMP, IF, OUT9 COPY DUMP, REPL10 COPY19 COPY IF, KEY, SELECT, STOP22 COPY REPL23 COPY AND, IF, KEY, ORIF, OUT, SELECT27 COPY IF, MOVE29 COPY IF, OUT, REPL8 COPYALL IF, REPL16 COPYALL ACCUM, AND, IF, REPL21 COPYALL DUMP, IF, MOVE30 COPYALL IF, EDITALL33 COPYALL AND, IF, MOVE, PRINT25 COPYMEM IF, NEWMEMS, REPL17 DROP IF, KEY, OUT, SELECT18 DROP ACCUM, IF1 DUMP OUT2 DUMP IF, OUT4 DUMP AND, IF, OUT34 FPRINT IF, OUT20 LIST IF, MEMBERS31 LIST IF, EDIT, FORM, OUT, REPL31 LISTALL IF, EDIT, FORM, OUT, REPL5 PRINT IF, OUT26 PRINT IF, MOVE13 SPACE STOP28 SPACE REPL14 TALLY ACCUM, AND, IF15 TALLY ACCUM, AND, IF31 UPDATE IF, EDIT, FORM, LIST, REPL32 UPDATE IF, EDIT, LIST, REPL7 USER ACCUM, DUMP, IF, OUT, WRITE11 USER WRITE12 USER NEWMEM, WRITE35 USER STOP, WRITE36 USER STOP, WRITE

File-AID Batch Reference ManualA-2

Example 1: Dump 500recordsfrom a physical sequential dataset.

$$DD01 DUMP OUT=500

The output is ahexadecimalprint of the first 500 records of the dataset.

Example 2: Dump 250recordsfrom a physical sequentialdataset whichcontain thetype-code characterstring 10 or 11 beginning in location 1.

$$DD01 DUMP OUT=250,IF=(1,EQ,C'10,11')

A logical OR condition iscreated by coding multiple dataentries. This state-ment creates a hexadecimalprintout of thefirst 250 recordsthat contain thecharacter string10 or 11 beginning in location 1.

Example 3: Create a testfile that consists ofeverythird recordthat has thetype codeA in location 14. Copy only 100records to the testfile and dumpthe first 20 selectedrecords.

$$DD01 COPY OUT=100,DUMP=20,IF=(14,EQ,C'A'),SELECT=3

A file is created and written to the datasetnamedDD01O. Every third recordthat meets the selection criteria is written to DD01O, up to a maximum of 100.Twenty records aredumped.

Example 4: From aphysical sequential dataset, dump 25 recordsthat containthe characterA or B in location 10 and the departmentcode 101 or 102 inlocation 43-45.

$$DD01 DUMP OUT=25,IF=(10,EQ,C'A,B'),AND=(43,EQ,C'101,102')

Logical OR conditions arecreated by coding multipleentries in the dataele-ments ofeach IF parameter, and alogical AND condition iscreated by codingcontiguous IF parameters.

Example 5: Print 10recordsthat contain thecharacter string50 beginning inlocation 47, and 15 recordsthat contain thecharacter string15 beginning inlocation 47.

$$DD01 PRINT IF=(47,EQ,C'50'),OUT=10, (1)IF=(47,EQ,C'15'),OUT=15 (2)

The parameters online 2 areORed withthose online 1 because they are sepa-rated by the OUT parameter online 1. Twenty-five records areprinted. If therecord types are interspersed, they areprinted in the order in which they areread.

Example 6: To create a testfile, extract 50 recordsfrom department 201(location 46-48) and 50 recordsfrom department202. Accumulate the totalpounds(location 49-54) andtotal dollars (location 55-60) in these records toprovide a way toverify test results. The poundsfield is packed; the dollarsfieldis numeric. Dump tenrecordsfrom eachdepartment.

Examples A-3

$$DD01 COPY IF=(46,EQ,C'201'),ACCUM=(49,'DEPT-201-LBS'),ACCUM=(55,6,C,'DEPT-201-$'),OUT=50,DUMP=10,

IF=(46,EQ,C'202'),ACCUM=(49,'DEPT-202-LBS'),ACCUM=(55,6,C,'DEPT-202-$'),OUT=50,DUMP=10

An output DD statementlabeledDD01O isrequired. TheSYSTOTAL DD isrequired if the accumulationsmust appear on aseparateoutput. The poundsfield is packed, so theACCUM parameter does notrequire a length element ordata type. However, thedollars field is character, so the lengthfield and datatype are required.

Example 7: Given the same dataset asdescribed inExample 6,create two testfiles, one for department 201records andanother for department 202records.Accumulate and dump the samerecords asthosedescribed inExample 6.

$$DD01 USER IF=(46,EQ,C'201'),ACCUM=(49,'DEPT-201-LBS'),ACCUM=(55,6,C'DEPT-201-$'),OUT=50,DUMP=10,WRITE=A,

IF=(46,EQ,C'202'),ACCUM=(49,'DEPT-202-LBS'),ACCUM=(55,6,C'DEPT-202-$'),OUT=50,DUMP=10,WRITE=B

The USERfunction creates two testfiles concurrently. TheWRITE parameternamesA and B must correspond to the names on DD statements in the JCLjob stream.

Example 8: Due to a programfailure, two contiguouspacked-signedfieldsbeginning in locations 49 and 55were not set tozero. Thefailure also causedsomerecords to be loaded with blanks in location45-48; this field shouldcontain a four-bytepacked-signedfield of zeros.

$$DD01 CA REPL=(49,2P'+0'),IF=(45,4,NEP),REPL=(45,X'0000000C')

The COPYALL function is used becauseFile-AID must apply multiple actionsto each record. Thefirst REPL parameter places packedzeros in the twocon-tiguous packed-decimalfields beginning in location 49. The IFparameterlocates any recordthat does notcontain packed data in locations 45through 48.The secondREPL parameter placespacked zeros inlocation 45through 48 ofany recordselected by the IFparameter. Thefull hexadecimal representation ofthe entire packedfield is entered sothat File-AID calculates the correctfieldlength. It is used because theREPL parameterrequires avalid packedfield tobe present beforereplacing apackedvalue. Theoutput DD labeledDD01O isrequired in the JCL job stream.


Example 9: The date record at the beginning of aproductionfile has thewrongyear. The year is inlocations 32through 33 and should be thecharacter string91. The date record has all low values inlocations 1through 10. Correct therecord andverify the results.

$$DD01 COPY REPL=(1,EQ,10X'00',32,C'91'),DUMP=1

The entire dataset is copied. TheREPL parameterlocates a recordcontaininglow values inlocations 1through 10 andreplaces the date inlocations 32through 33 with thestring 91. One selected daterecord isdumped on theSYSLIST dataset.

Example 10: Create abackup of avariable-lengthVSAM datasetthat can beused as sequentialinput for othertasks.

$$DD01 COPY

Because variable-lengthVSAM records do notcontain anRDW, one iscreatedfor each record.

Example 11: Create two duplicatebackups of aVSAM dataset for off-sitestorage.

$$DD01 USER WRITE=(A,B)

Two output DD statementsmust beentered in the JCL job stream for datasetsA and B, as discussed in“JCL Required for Execution” onpage 2-13.

Example 12: Add multiple members to a PDS from threedifferent sequentialinput datasets.

$$DD01 USER WRITE=A,NEWMEM=MEMA$$DD02 USER WRITE=A,NEWMEM=MEMB$$DD03 USER WRITE=A,NEWMEM=MEMC

The NEWMEM parameter is used toassign the newmember name in the PDSreferenced by DD name A(WRITE=A). Data records forMEMA are copiedfrom the DD01 input dataset. MEMB records are copiedfrom DD02, andMEMC records are copiedfrom DD03.

Example 13: A large report has been spooled to tape. Before printing it,checkthe totals to make certain thereport balances. Thereport page is identified bythe headingFINAL TOTAL beginning in location 60. It is thelast page of thereport that uses ASA print controlcharacters.

$$DD01 SPACE STOP=(1,EQ,C'1'),STOP=(60,EQ,C'FINAL TOTAL')

$$DD01 LIST

The first STOPparameterlocates each headerline. The secondSTOPlocatesthe page headingFINAL TOTAL After finding this string, theLIST parametersends thefinal total page to the printer.

Examples A-5

Example 14: Two datasetswere created with thesamename, but only one con-tains the correct totals. The datasets are historyfiles that contain twoyears ofdata organized bymonth. Determine thecorrect dataset by adding the datafields for January,1989 and January,1990. The year is inlocations 10through11, month is in 14through 15, and thepackedfield to be added is in locations16 through 21.

$$DD01 TALLY IF=(10,EQ,C'89'),AND=(14,EQ,C'01'), (1)ACCUM=(16,'JANUARY-1989'),

*IF=(10,EQ,C'90'),AND=(14,EQ,C'01'), (2)ACCUM=(16,'JANUARY-1990')

The TALLY function is used because thelogic requires multipleparametergroups. Thefirst group, whichconsists of thefirst three parameters,accumu-lates the 1989data. The second group,consisting of the lastthree parameters,accumulates the1990data.

Although theSYSTOTAL dataset is optional, it produces aseparatereport thatshows the DSN of each dataset and the totals developedfrom eachACCUMparameter.

Example 15: The sales departmentneeds areport thatlists thetotals of allsalesfor the last two years. The department alsowants to know the Januarytotalsfor each year. Theinput dataset is the same asthat described inExample 14.

$$DD01 TALLY ACCUM=(16,'TOTAL'),IF=(10,EQ,C'89'), (1)AND=(14,EQ,C'01'),ACCUM=(16,'JANUARY,1989'),

*IF=(10,EQ,C'90'),AND=(14,EQ,C'01'), (2)ACCUM=(16,'JANUARY,1990')

Because thefirst ACCUM parameter is notpreceded by an IFparameter, itaccumulates all records in theinput dataset. Two parameter groupsfollow thefirst ACCUM. Group 1accumulates theJANUARY, 1989 total; Group 2accumulates theJANUARY, 1990 total. Use of the optionalSYSTOTALdatasetcauses thesetotals to appear on theSYSTOTAL dataset.

Example 16: Due to a programfailure, apackedfield in locations 42through46 that should bezeros in certain records was added to the totals. Thisadditionputs thedataset out of balance. The erroneous recordtypes areidentified as:

Type 2 in location 4 and subtype1, 2, or 3 in location 5Type 3 in location 4 and subtype11, 6, or 7 in location 5.

Zero thefields and verify thedataset balance.


$$DD01 COPYALL ACCUM=(42,'TOTAL'),IF=(4,EQ,C'2'),AND=(5,EQ,C'1,2,3'), (1)ACCUM=(42,'TOTAL TYPE 2'),REPL=(42,P'0'),

*IF=(4,EQ,C'3'),AND=(5,EQ,C'5,6,7'), (2)ACCUM=(42,'TOTAL TYPE 3'),REPL=(42,P'0')

The first ACCUM parameter(TOTAL) accumulates the dataset's grandtotalbefore anyfields arereplaced. Twoparameter groupsfollow the first ACCUM.Group 1accumulates the type2, subtype1, 2, and3 records, then places zerosin them. Group 2accumulates the type3, subtype5, 6 and 7 records, thenplaces zeros inthem. Toverify the corrections,obtain the netamount by sub-tracting the type 2 and type 3 totalsfrom the grand total. Thereplace mapproduced in theSYSPRINTdataset shows thenumber ofcorrections to eachrecord type.

Example 17: Create aVSAM test datasetfrom the currentVSAM masterdatasetthat has1,000randomeven-numbered accountsbeginning withaccountnumber10000. Theaccount numbers are inlocations 3through 8 of the inputdataset records. Theaccountnumberfield is the key field and ischaracternumeric data.

$$DD01 DROP IF=(8,EQ,B'01'),SELECT=3,OUT=1000,KEY=C'010000'

The binary data element of the IF parameter drops allodd-numbered accountnumbers,leaving onlyeven-numbered accounts in theoutput dataset. TheSELECT parameterselects everythird even-numbered accountnumber. Theoutput VSAM dataset requires a DD ofDD01O in the JCL jobstream.

Substituting theCOPY function for theDROP function copies onlyodd-numberedaccounts:

$$DD01 COPY IF=(8,EQ,B'01'),SELECT=3,OUT=1000,KEY=C'010000'

In both versions ofExample 17, the KEY parametercausesFile-AID to beginprocessing ataccountnumber10000.

Example 18: Erroneousrecords were generated in adataset. Drop them andcalculate theeffect of thedrop to thedataset. The erroneousrecords are identi-fied by a hexadecimal valueFF in location 28. The characterfield to be accu-mulated for totals is in locations 12through 19.

$$DD01 DROP ACCUM=(12,8,C,'TOTAL'),IF=(28,EQ,X'FF'),ACCUM=(12,8,C,'DROPPED')

The first ACCUM parameter(TOTAL) sums allrecords in the dataset. ThesecondACCUM parameter(DROPPED)sums only the droppedrecords.Determine the netamount bysubtracting thedropped sum from the total sum.

Examples A-7

Example 19: Create aVSAM test datasetfrom a VSAM master dataset con-sisting of every fifthrecordthat contains accountnumbers10000through10999and 15000through15999, and has asubtype character5 in location 9. Theaccountnumber is the key and is inlocation 3-8 in a character numeric format.

$$DD01 COPY STOP=(3,GT,C'010999'),SELECT=5,KEY=C'010000',IF=(9,EQ,C'5')

*$$DD01 COPY STOP=(3,GT,C'015999'),SELECT=5,

KEY=C'015000',IF=(9,EQ,C'5')

The KEY parametersbegin processing ataccountnumber10000, thenagain at15000. TheSTOPparametersstop at account numbersgreater than 10999 and15999, respectively. The IFparameters narrow theCOPY function to subtype5, and the SELECTcopiesevery fifth record. Anoutput DD namedDD01Othat describes aVSAM cluster is required in theJCL.

Example 20: Determine the productionaccounts-receivable JCL proceduresthat use thedatasetAR.MASTER . The member names of theaccounts-receivableprocedures begin with the charactersAR, and are considered pro-duction procedures when aP is in location 8 of themember name.

$$DD01 LIST MEMBERS=AR-----P,IF=(1,0,C'DSN=AR.MASTER')

If the parameterP A R M = T S O iscoded on the JCLEXEC statement,File-AID does not skip to a new page for each newmember name. Inthisexample, theMEMBERS parameterlimits the search tomembers thatbeginwith the charactersAR and end with the characterP. The IF parameter is ascanning parameterthat further limits the search to recordsthat contain thecharactersDSN=AR.MASTER . When a match is found, therecord islisted;processingcontinues until all membersthat meet theselection criteria aresearched.

Example 21: Due to an oversight, a packedfield in certain records of a variablelength datasetwill overflow because thefield is too small to contain the data.The affectedrecordscontain thecharacterA in data byte 1. Change the currentdataset toincrease thefield length by one byte. Thefield to be lengthenedbegins atlocation 102. In addition, add a four-byte packedfield to the end ofall records of the datasetthat contain acharacterB in data byte 1. The inputand outputrecords are both variable length.

$$DD01 COPYALL IF=(5,EQ,C'A'), (1)MOVE=(+0,101,5), (2)MOVE=(+0,X'00'), (3)MOVE=(+0,0,106), (4)DUMP=5, (5)IF=(5,EQ,C'B'), (6)MOVE=(+0,0,5), (7)MOVE=(+0,X'0000000C'), (8)DUMP=5 (9)

The COPYALL function copies the entire dataset. Because the records are var-iable length, thefirst addressable datalocation is 5(since the RDW is in 1-4).If a record is typeA (line 1), the first 101bytes of theinput record aremovedto the outputrecord(line 2). Next, ahexadecimal zero (X' 00' ) is insertedintothe next availableoutput location ( + 0 inline 3). This bytelengthens thepackedfield. The remainder of the record is thenmoved to the nextoutputlocation ( + 0 inline 4).


The zero length element of theMOVE parameter inline 4 causesFile-AID tocalculate the remaining length in theinput record based on the entered location(record length - 106 = remaining length). If theinput record's remaininglength isless than thelength remaining in theoutput record, theinput recordremaining length is used as the length element in theMOVE parameter. If theinput record's remaining length isgreater thanthat of theoutput record, theoutput record'smaximumremaining length is used.

If a record is typeB (line 6) the dataportion of therecord (excluding theRDW) is moved to theoutput record(line 7). The zero length ofMOVE inline 7 causesFile-AID to again calculate the correct remaining length. Ahexadecimalfield (actually a packedfield) is thenmoved to the end of therecord(line 8). File-AID calculates a new record length for both record typesAand B, creates theRDW, puts thelength into the RDW, andwrites the newrecord. Records that are not either type A or B arecopiedwithout changes.

The DUMP parameter inline 5 prints thefirst five sets of records processed bythe MOVE parameters inlines 2, 3, and 4. A setconsists of both theinput andoutput record. TheDUMP parameter inline 9 dumpsfive sets of recordsproc-essed by theMOVE parameters inlines 7 and 8.

Example 22: A dataset was created with thesign reversed (positives are nega-tive, negatives are positive) in apackedfield in location 26-30. Reverse thesign.

$$DD01 COPY REPL=(30,BX'01')

File-AID copies the entire dataset because noselection(IF) criteria arespeci-fied. The REPLACE parameterreferences the sign in therightmost location ofthe field in error. Using anexclusive OR to the last bit of the signedfield(BX'01') changesC (positive)signs toD (negative), andD to C.

Example 23: Create a testVSAM dataset of1,000randomrecords, beginningwith the record of theinput ISAM masterfile that contains accountnumber12345. Select onlythoserecordsthat havedepartments 1 or 12 within plant 6or department 15within plant 5. The accountnumber is afive-byte characterfield and is thekey. Theplant number is acharacterfield in location 22. Thedepartment number is athree-byte packedfield beginning in location 46.

$$DD01 COPY KEY=C'12345',OUT=1000,SELECT=5, (1)IF=(22,EQ,C'6'),AND=(46,EQ,P'1,12'), (2)ORIF=(22,EQ,C'5'),AND=(46,EQ,P'15') (3)

The output DDstatement namedDD01O that references aVSAM dataset isrequired in theJCL. The OUT andSELECT parameters are location-dependent, but because only one set of IF parameters isused, their location isirrelevant. Everyfifth record(SELECT=5) isselected; amaximum of1,000records (OUT=1000) iswritten. Processingbegins at record key12345, or thenext higher key if12345is not found.

Examples A-9

Example 24: Create two testVSAM KSDS datasets of1,000randomrecordsfrom the ISAM masterfile described inExample 23. Eachtest datasetbeginswith the recordthat contains accountnumber12345. For the firstdataset,select everythird record and dump thefirst 25 selectedrecords. For the seconddataset, selecteveryseventh record and dump thefirst 30 selectedrecords.

$$DD01 USER KEY=C'12345', (1)IF=(22,EQ,C'6'),AND=(46,EQ,P'1,12'), (2)OR=(22,EQ,C'5'),AND=(46,EQ,P'15'), (3)OUT=1000,SELECT=3,DUMP=25,WRITE=A, (4)IF=(22,EQ,C'6'),AND=(46,EQ,P'1,12'), (5)OR=(22,EQ,C'5'),AND=(46,EQ,P'15'), (6)OUT=1000,SELECT=7,DUMP=30,WRITE=B (7)

The two createdVSAM datasets are assumed to be empty; otherwise,File-AIDconsidersthem to beextensions. Thefirst SELECT parameter(line 4) writesevery third recordthat matches theselection criteria in lines 2 and 3 todatasetA. The first DUMP parameter(line 4) dumps thefirst 25 records written todatasetA. The secondSELECT parameter(line 7) writes everyseventh recordthat matches theselection criteria in lines 5 and 6 todatasetB. The secondDUMP parameter(line 7) dumps thefirst 30 recordsselected fordatasetB.

Example 25: Create a new test PDS with testversions ofseveral JCLproce-duresthat currently reside in aproductionPDS. Tocreate the test versions,copy any memberthat accesses thedatasetsA.PROD.DATA1 orA.PROD.DATA2 , and change theword PROD in the dataset names to theword TEST. Also, rename all the copied procedures to testversions by placinga characterT in location 8 of themember name.

$$DD01 COPYMEM NEWMEMS=-------T,IF=(1,0,C'A.PROD.DATA1',1,0,C'A.PROD.DATA2'),REPL=(+2,C'TEST')

Because this is acopy of aPDS,using the MEM modifier with an IFconditioncauses only themembers that contain the dataspecified in the IFparameter tobe copied to theoutput dataset. A characterT is placed in the eighthpositionof each copiedmember's name. For members thathave eight-character posi-tions in theirname, theT overlays the eighthposition. For membersthat havea name of less thaneight characters, theT is shifted to theleft until it is contig-uous to the name.

Example 26: The XYZ Corporation haschanged itsname. Determine thenumber ofprogramsthat must bechanged toreflect the newcompany name.

$$DD01 PRINT IF=(1,0,C'XYZ CORP'),MOVE=(1,9,+0)

The production loadlibrary is scanned forXYZ CORP . Because aMOVEparameter is used with aPRINT function, File-AID interpretsPRINT as arequest to print only the datathat ismoved,regardless of thelength of theinput record. Thus, only the member name andXYZ CORP are printed.Coding P A R M = T S O on theEXEC statementeliminates needless pageskip-ping for eachmember.


Example 27: Scan akeyedBDAM dataset with a key length of 110 bytes forthe character stringFLD , which is located somewhere in the keyfield. Copythe selectedrecords to a sequential dataset.

$$DD01 COPY IF=(-110,0,C'FLD'),MOVE=(+0,0,-110)

Because the dataset is inkeyedBDAM format, the keyportion of therecord islocated before the dataportion. Since the key is 110bytes long, the locationelement of the IF parameter has anegative relativelocation of -110. To copythe key with the data, aMOVE parameter is usedthat references the first keylocation. The zero length in theMOVE parameterforcesFile-AID to calculatethe length of the key and dataportions, andwrite a recordcontainingboth.Furtherexplanation ofspecialrequirements is provided in“Access MethodRules” onpage 2-9.

Example 28: Determine thenumber ofrecords of each typethat are on afile.The valid record types are37, 39, 47, 52, 73, and87. The record type begins inlocation 129.

$$DD01 SPACE REPL=(129,EQ,C'37',C'37'),REPL=(129,EQ,C'39',C'39'),REPL=(129,EQ,C'47',C'47'),REPL=(129,EQ,C'52',C'52'),REPL=(129,EQ,C'73',C'73'),REPL=(129,EQ,C'87',C'87')

The SPACEfunction andREPL parameter are used toproduce automaticcounts of theoccurrences of the various record types in the datasetwithoutactually changingdata. The counts aredisplayed in theACTIONS TAKENMAP report of theSYSPRINToutput (see“SYSPRINT Output” onpage 7-1). Thefunction statistics line of theSYSPRINToutput reports thetotal number ofrecords in the dataset because no limiting parameters are used.Therefore, processingcontinues until the end of data isreached.

Example 29: Create a testfile that containsfive of each type of recordfoundon the masterfile described inExample 28.

$$DD01 COPY IF=(129,EQ,C'37'),OUT=5,REPL=(129,C'37'),IF=(129,EQ,C'39'),OUT=5,REPL=(129,C'39'),IF=(129,EQ,C'47'),OUT=5,REPL=(129,C'47'),IF=(129,EQ,C'52'),OUT=5,REPL=(129,C'52'),IF=(129,EQ,C'73'),OUT=5,REPL=(129,C'73'),IF=(129,EQ,C'87'),OUT=5,REPL=(129,C'87')

The file is created using thelocation dependence of the OUT parameter, andautomatic OR conditionscreated by separating IF parameters withOUT, IN,SELECT, REPL, MOVE, EDIT or DROP parameters. A total of 30records,consisting offive of each typespecified in the IFstatements, are copied to theoutput dataset, TheREPL parameters produce anACTIONS TAKEN MAPreport on theSYSPRINToutput, which counts the number ofeach record typethat isbeing written.

Examples A-11

Example 30: Due to a program malfunction, the wordTEST, which shouldhave appeared once inrecords in a dataset, was repeatedseveraltimes. Deletethe multiple occurrences.

$$DD01 COPYALL IF=(1,0,C'TEST'),EDITALL=(+4,0,C'TEST',C'')

While COPYALL copies the entire dataset, the IFparameterfinds the firstoccurrence of the character stringTEST, and EDITALL deletes allsubsequentTEST words.

Example 31: Scan and edit allprocedures toaccommodate equipmentchanges.The changes include converting all800-BPI tapedrives to 1600 BPI, andchanging diskdrive units from model3300 to 3350.Threetasksmust be per-formed. First, produce alisting that shows the procedures and thelines withinthem that must bechanged. Second,produce alisting that shows thecontentof the proceduresafter these changes aremade. Third, update thechanged pro-cedures.

$$DD01 LIST IF=(1,0,C'TAPE0800,3300'),FORM=MULTI (1)$$DD01 LISTALL EDIT=(1,0,C'TAPE800',C'TAPE1600'), (2)

REPL=(1,0,C'UNIT=3300',C'UNIT=3350')$$DD01 UPDATE EDIT=(1,0,C'TAPE800',C'TAPE1600'), (3)

REPL=(1,0,C'UNIT=3300',C'UNIT=3350')

Threeexecutions ofFile-AID are required. Execution 1 produces alisting ofthe lines ineachmember that contain thecharacter stringTAPE0800 or 3300.This listing can beused toverify that all members andchanges inthosemembers areidentified.

Execution 2lists the entire membersafter theEDIT and REPLparameters areprocessed.Eachline in the member that hasbeen changed by theEDIT orREPL parameters isflagged aschanged or truncated.Note thateventhoughthe edits andreplacements are performed theLISTALL function makes noactual changes to the dataset.

Execution 3 is the same as execution 2exceptthat theUPDATE function isused topermanently update thedataset.

Example 32: Drop theDEST entry from all JCL JOB statementsthat containit. The DEST entry is assumed to be on the same card as the JOBstatementand is always followed by a two-digitnumber.

$$DD01 UPDATE IF=(1,0,C'JOB'), (1)IF=(+1,0,C'DEST'), (2)REPL=(+5,C'00'), (3)EDIT=(-1,0,C",DEST=00",C''), (4)LIST=0 (5)

Line 1 limits the search to JOB cards.Line 2 furtherlimits the search to JOBcardsthat containdestinationentries. Line 3 replaces the two-digitunknowndestination with acommondenominator. Line 4 uses double quotes for thesearch entry because acomma must bedeletedfrom this card. TheLISTparameter inline 5 produces alisting of all edited JOB cards.


Example 33: Add the members in asequential dataset with 80-byte records to aPDS. Each member of the inputdataset is separated by aTITLE card. Theeight-character name of themember thatfollows this card is locatedafterTITLE string. Each namebegins with the charactersHTH . The title card isused to build aninput controlcard for theIEBUPDTE program thatadds themembers to thePDS. Themember name mustalsoappear in locations 73through 80 of all theoutput records.

$$DD01 COPYALL MOVE=(1,72,1), (1)IF=(1,0,C'TITLE'), (2)AND=(+1,0,C'HTH'), (3)MOVE=(1,72C' '), (4)MOVE=(1,C'./ ADD NAME='), (5)MOVE=(+0,8,+0), (6)MOVE=(73,8,+0), (7)PRINT=0 (8)

The TITLE card is overlaid with anIEBUPDTE control card. Thefirst linemoves theinput record to the recordwork area. Line 2 finds anyrecord withTITLE in it. Assumingthat theTITLE card is thefirst record of theprogram,line 3 finds theprogram name on thatrecord. Line 4 loads blanksinto the first72 locations of theoutput record. Line 5 moves the frontportion of theIEBUPDTE control card. As a result of thismove, theoutput relativelocation is positionedafter theconstant moved inline 5. Line 6 moves thename found inline 3 to this location. Line 7 formats locations 73through 80with the same name sothat when the move online 1 is done for thefollowingrecords, itcontains the name of thismember. ThePRINT parameter online 8provides alisting of all readinput title cards and alloutput IEBUPDTE controlcards.

Example 34: Print 10 formattedrecordsthat contain thecharacter string50beginning in location 47, and 15 recordsthat contain thecharacter string15beginning in location 47. Format the records according to the recordlayoutmember CLIENT in theDD01M mapdataset.

$DD01 FPRINT MAP=CLIENT,IF=(47,EQ,C'50'),OUT=10, (1)IF=(47,EQ,C'15'),OUT=15 (2)

The parameters online 2 areORed withthose online 1 because they are sepa-rated by the OUT parameter online 1. Twenty-fiveformattedrecords areprinted. If the record types areinterspersed, they areprinted in the order inwhich they are read.

Example 35: Split a single input file to multiple output files on different tapes.Put the firstinput records,that start withC'001', onOUTPUT1. Put thenextinput records,that start with C'002', onOUTPUT2, but use thesame tapedrive as forOUTPUT1. Print, in hexadecimal, thefirst record of each group.

//DD01 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=input.file//OUTPUT1 DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG,CATLG),DSN=output.file1,// UNIT=tape,VOL=(,,,5),DCB=(. . .)//OUTPUT2 DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG,CATLG),DSN=output.file2,// UNIT=AFF=OUTPUT1,VOL=(,,,5),DCB=(. . .)$$DD01 USER STOP=(1,NE,C'001'),WRITE=OUTPUT1,DUMP=1$$DD01 USER STOP=(1,NE,C'002'),WRITE=OUTPUT2,DUMP=1

Note: See the discussion of theCLOSE OUTPUT DATASETS AFTERUSER FUNCTION batchinstall option in theFile-AID Installation Guide.The setting of this installoption effects theUSER function asfollows:

Examples A-13

Y or N CausesS413-04abend onopen ofOUTPUT2, because theU N I T = A F F = causes it to use thesame tapedrive asOUTPUT1,but OUTPUT1 isstill open, andhanging on thedrive. Thesevaluesare okay ifoutputs are todisk, or to diffent tape drives. Y is thedefault value for this installoption.

A Requiredsetting if youwant to put both outputs on thesame tapedrive, because thefirst output must beclosed anddemountedbeforethe secondoutput can beopened or mounted.

Example 36: Split multiple input files to multiple output files on tape. Fromthe first input $$DD01, put thefirst input records,that start with C'001', onOUTPUT1. Put the nextinput records,that start withC'002', onOUTPUT2.Then do thesame for the secondinput $$DD02.

//DD01 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=input.file1//DD02 DD DISP=SHR,DSN=input.file2//OUTPUT1 DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG,CATLG),DSN=output.file1,// UNIT=tape,VOL=(,,,5),DCB=(. . .)//OUTPUT2 DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG,CATLG),DSN=output.file2,// UNIT=tape,VOL=(,,,5),DCB=(. . .)$$DD01 USER STOP=(1,NE,C'001'),WRITE=OUTPUT1$$DD01 USER STOP=(1,NE,C'002'),WRITE=OUTPUT2$$DD02 USER STOP=(1,NE,C'001'),WRITE=OUTPUT1$$DD02 USER STOP=(1,NE,C'002'),WRITE=OUTPUT2

Note: See the discussion of theCLOSE OUTPUT DATASETS AFTERUSER FUNCTION batchinstall option in theFile-AID Installation Guide.The setting of this installoption effects theUSER function asfollows:

Y Causes dataloss,because theoutputs areclosed afterUSER state-ment 2, andrewritten from the beginning byUSER statements 3 and4. Y is the default value for this installoption.

N Requiredsetting for splittingmultiple input files to multiple outputfiles. If output files are ontape, youmust giveeachoutput file itown tape drive. Do not useU N I T = A F F = because itwill cause aS413-04abend. See Example 35.

A Causes dataloss,because theoutputs areclosed after eachUSERstatement, and rewrittenfrom the beginning byUSER statements 3and 4.

B-1

Appendix B.Data Format Abbreviations

This appendixdescribes the dataformat abbreviationsused byFile-AID whenthe FPRINTfunction or parameter is used toprint records with theSHOW=FORMAT parameter. Abbreviations are used for the dataformatdescriptions of each layoutfield, to allow the field usageinformation to fitwithin the confines of theField Descriptionarea. Contents ofthis appendixincludes:

COBOL dataformat abbreviationsPL/I data format abbreviations.

See Table B-1 for alist of COBOL abbreviations, and Table B-2 for alist ofPL/I abbreviations.

Table B-1. COBOL Data Format Abbreviations

Abbrev. COBOL Data Type

AN USAGE DISPLAY (PICTURE contains at least one nonnumeric symbol)NUM USAGE DISPLAY (PICTURE contains all numeric symbols, unsigned)NUMS USAGE DISPLAY (PICTURE contains all numeric symbols, signed)P USAGE COMPUTATIONAL-3, unsignedPS USAGE COMPUTATIONAL-3, signedBI USAGE COMPUTATIONAL, signed and unsignedBIS USAGE COMPUTATIONAL SYNCHRONIZED, signed and unsignedSPFP USAGE COMPUTATIONAL-1 (single precision floating point)DPFP USAGE COMPUTATIONAL-2 (double precision floating point)

Table B-2. PL/I Data Format Abbreviations

Abbrev. PL/I Data Type

AREA AREA itemBFL BINARY FLOAT itemBFX BINARY FIXED itemBIT BIT itemCHAR CHARACTER itemDFL DECIMAL FLOAT itemDFX DECIMAL FIXED itemOFST OFFSET itemPFL Floating Point numeric PICTURE item (signed)PFLU Floating Point numeric PICTURE item (unsigned)PFX Fixed Point numeric PICTURE item (signed)PFXU Fixed Point numeric PICTURE item (unsigned)PTR POINTER itemVBIT BIT VARYING itemVCHR CHAR VARYING item

File-AID Batch Reference ManualB-2

G-1

Glossary

abend. ABnormal END oftask. The termination ofa job, prior tonormal completion, due to an unre-solvederror condition.

ABEND . Parameterthat alters defaultabend han-dling procedures.

accessmethod. Technique for movingdatabetweenmain storage and input/outputdevices.

accessmode. Technique that is used to obtain aspe-cific logical recordfrom, or to place aspecific logicalrecordinto, a file assigned to amassstoragedevice.

ACCUM . Parameterthat accumulatestotals whileperforming a function.

ALL . Functionmodifier that allows a function toprocess an entire dataset.

alphanumeric. Data notationsystem consisting ofletters A through Z, any onebyte unsigneddigits, orspecial andcontrol characters.

AND . Parameterthat is a synonym for the IFparameter.

APRINT . Function thatprints the audittrail file.

BACK . Functionmodifier that allows thebackwardprocessing of allrecord formatswithin any sequentialor VSAM dataset.

background. Environment inwhich jobs areexe-cuted inmain storage one at atime. One job step ata time is assigned to a region ofmain storage andremains thereuntil completion.

Basic Direct Access Method (BDAM) . File accessmethod thatdirectly retrieves orupdatesspecifiedblocks ofdata on adirect access storagedevice.

Basic Partitioned Access Method (BPAM). Fileaccessmethod that can beapplied to createprogramlibraries, in direct access storage, for convenientstorage and retrieval ofprograms.

batch. Processing in which jobs aregroupedtogether (batched). The jobs are executed sequen-tially, and each job must be processed to completionbefore thefollowing job canbegin execution.

BDAM . Basic Direct AccessMethod.

binary . Data notationsystemthat uses anumeralbase of 2,with each binarydigit (bit) having a valueof 0 or 1.

blank. Part of a datamedium inwhich no charac-ters arerecorded; its hexadecimal characterrepresen-tation is X' 40' .

block. String of records,string of words, or a char-acterstring formed for technical orlogic reasons tobe treated as anentity.

Booleanoperator. Operatorthat results in one oftwo values: TRUE or FALSE.

BPAM . BasicPartitionedAccessMethod.

catalog. Directory of locations offiles and libraries.

CEM . Parameterthat copies emptymembers of apartitioned dataset.

character. Data notationsystemthat uses one byteto represent aletter, digit or symbol.

character string. String of dataconsistingsolely ofcharacters.

CHARSET. Parameterthat defines thecharacter setfrom the code page table to determinewhich lan-guage set to use.

CLIST . CommandLIST. File containing alist ofcommands to a computersystem,normally enteredthrough operationsconsole.

comment. Statement in source code that isusuallypreceded and succeeded by aspecialcharacter toindicatethat it is non-executable, and printed on thelisting for documentation purposes.

COMPARE . Function that compares thecontents oftwo files.

control card. Eighty-byteinput recordcontaininginstructions in theform of functions, and optionally,parameters, thattell File-AID the operation(s) toperform on an inputfile. Control cards mayalsoinclude comments.

CONVERT . Function thatconvertsexistingFile-AID Release 6.5 and belowselection tables andRelease 7.0XREFs toRelease 8.0XREF format.Converts 7.0 savedselection criteria toRelease 8.0selection criteriaformat.

COPY. Function thatcopiesdata andreports thenumber ofrecordsand/or PDSmemberscopied.

CSECT. Control SECTion. Smallestrelocatableunit in the load library. It can be a subroutine or aprogram.

DASD. Direct AccessStorage Device.

Data Control Block (DCB). Control block used byaccessmethodroutines in storing andretrievingdata.

File-AID Batch Reference ManualG-2

data definition (DD) statement. Job controlstate-ment thatdescribes adataset associatedwith a partic-ular job step.

data element. Parameter componentthat defines asingle item of data.

dataset. Collection ofdata treated as a unitthat isthe primaryunit of access and storage. It can beorganized in variousways.

datasetcontrol block (DSCB). Datasetlabel for adataset indirect access storage.

dataset identifier . First element on aFile-AID/Batchcontrol card. Itlogically connects the input datasetwith the function to beperformed.

datasetname (DSN). Set of qualifying stringsusedto identify a dataset.

dataset organizationidentifier (DSORG ID). Two-character code used toforce File-AID to process adatasetwith a specificorganization(DSORG),regardless of the organization used to create it.

dataset type. Value that specifiesdataset organiza-tion and relativerecordsequence.

DCB. Data control block.

DD statement. Data definition statement.

default value. Choiceamongexclusive alternativesmade by thesystemwhen noexplicit choice isspeci-fied by theuser.

direct access. Facility to obtain data from a storagedevice, or toenterdata into a storagedevice insucha way that the process dependsonly on the locationof that data and not on areference todatapreviouslyaccessed.

Direct Access StorageDevice (DASD). Storagedevice,rotating orsolid-state, in whichdata can bestored andretrievedrandomly,unlike tape, wheredatamust be stored andretrieved sequentially.

directory . Index used by a controlprogram tolocateone or moreblocks ofdata that are stored insepa-rate areas of adataset indirect access storage.

disposition (DISP). JCL parameterthat describes thecurrentstatus of a dataset, anddirects the system onthe disposition of thedataset when astepends orabnormallyterminates. TheDISP parameter isalways requiredunless thedataset is created anddeleted in thesamestep.

DROP. Function or parameterthat controlsmaximum number ofrecords dropped.

DSCB. Datasetcontrol block.

DSN. Dataset name.

DSNAME . Parameterthat limits VTOC processingto a specifieddataset name(s).

DSORG ID. Datasetorganizationidentifier.

DUMP . Function or parameterthat prints entire orportions of datasets invertical hexadecimal format.

duplication factor . Numericvalue that specifies thenumber oftimes anoperation is to be performed.

EDIT . Parameterthat alterssingleoccurrence ofdatawhile performing a function.

EDITALL . Parameterthat alters multipleoccur-rences ofdatawhile performing a function.

entry-sequenceddataset (ESDS). VSAM datasetwhose records areloaded insequence.ESDSrecords can beaccessedrandomly bytheir addresses.

ERRS. Parameterthat defines thenumber ofallow-able datachecks pertapevolume per execution.

ESDS. Entry-sequenced dataset.

FEOV . Parameterthat forces end-of-volumeproc-essing for anoutput dataset when the input datasetreaches end of volume.

file. Set of related records treated as aunit.

file definition . File identifier that identifies theinputor output files to beused during execution of aprogram.

file description. Part of afile in which file and fieldattributes are described.

file layout. The arrangement andstructure ofdataor words in afile, including theorder andsize of thecomponents of thefile.

foreground. Environment inwhich jobs areswappedin and out of mainstorage to permitshared proc-essingtime amongmultiple users. Thejobs executein a swapped-in region ofmain storage andappear tobegin executingalmost immediately.

FORM . Parameterthat processesdata as JCL,con-trols the printformat, makesmultiple passes againstone file, controls the audittrail print format, and con-trols the print,report, anddata format for theCOMPARE function.

format . The arrangement orlayout of data on adatamedium.

FPRINT . Function or parameterthat prints recordsin formatted mode,presenting thedataaccording toa COBOL or PL/I recordlayout like the formatteddisplay ofFile-AID.

function. Process that is invokedwith a controlstatement.

function identifier . Number that corresponds to amatching JCLdatadefinition (DD) card.

function modifier . Code word appended to afunctionidentifier to alter or control the way inwhich thefunction operates.

G-3

hexadecimal. Data notationsystem using anumer-ical base of 16, whereeach hexadecimaldigit has avalue of 0 to 9 or Athrough F.

IAM . Innovationaccessmethod.

identification record (IDR) . Recordthat specifies theCSECT in amodule to be updatedwith a programtemporary fix(PTF) or anindependentcomponentrelease(ICR).

IDR . Identificationrecord.

IF (AND) . Parameterthat selectsrecords for afunc-tion based onselection criteria.

IN . Parameterthat controls thenumber ofinputrecordsread forprocessing.

index. Orderedcollection of recordkeys andpointers used to sequence and locate therecords of akey-sequenced dataset. It is organized in levels ofindex records.

Indexed SequentialAccess Method (ISAM). Fileaccessmethod inwhich records are stored andretrieved in a sequencethat is basedupon a keyfieldlocated in therecord and theindex. Unlike basicsequential accessing,ISAM permits direct access torecords.

Innovation Access Method (IAM). Key-indexedfileaccessmethod, by InnovationData Processing, Inc.,intended primarily for use as atransparentalternativeto ISAM or VSAM.

IOEXIT . Parameterthat specifies theinput andoutput I/O exit names.

input file. File containingdata to be readinto a job.

interactive. Pertaining to an application inwhicheachentry calls forth a response from asystem orprogram.

Interactive SystemProductivity Facility (ISPF).IBM program productthat provides the interfacebetween a displayterminal and applications such asthe PDF.

ISAM . IndexedSequential AccessMethod.

ISPF. InteractiveSystem Productivity Facility.

JCL . Job Control Language.

Job Control Language (JCL). IBM language used todescribe a batch job and its requirements to the oper-ating system.

key. Codeused to locate arecord andestablish itsposition in an index. The key can bepart of a field,a full field or multiple fields duplicated from therecord.

KEY . Parameterthat controls theprinting of keys inkeyed datasets, and controls processing at arecordwith a specifickey.

key sequence. In VSAM, the collating sequence ofdatarecords as determined by thevalue of the keyfield in each of thedatarecords. The key sequencemay be the same as, ordifferent from, the entrysequence of the records.

key-sequenceddataset (KSDS). VSAM file typewhose records areloaded in keysequence.Recordsare retrieved by key oraddressusing an index. Newrecords areinserted in key sequence bymeans ofdis-tributed free space.

key-sequenced file. File whoserecords are loaded inkey sequence and controlled by an index.Recordsare retrieved andstored by keyedaccess or byaddressedaccess, and newrecords areinserted in keysequence bymeans ofdistributedfree space.

keyword. Reserved word of anapplication that hasspecial significance.

KSDS. Key-sequenced dataset.

LAYOUT . Parameterthat specifies theDDxxRLdatasetmemberused to formatdata for theFPRINTfunction or parameter. TheLAYOUT parameter isan alias for the MAPparameter.

length element. Parameter componentthat describesthe size of the field to beexamined.

library . Collection of relatedfiles.

LIST . Function or parameterthat prints alphanu-meric data asentered,while printing packed andbinary data asblanks.

location element. Parameter componentthat definesthe location ofdata in arecord.

logical JCL record. Complete JCL statementwith amaximumlength of 256 bytes andcontaining one ormore physical JCLrecords.

LPI . Parameterthat specifies lines perinch on anoutput print.

macro. Set of statements thatdefines thename of,format of, andconditions for generating a sequenceof Assembler language statements from asinglesource statement.

MAP . Parameterused tospecify aCOBOL or PL/Irecordlayout for usewith an FPRINT function orparameter.

MAXENT . Parameterthat extends thearea inwhich parameterinformation is stored.

MAXOUT . Parameterthat is used to processmorethan eightoutput datasets per execution.

MEM . Functionmodifier that is used toselectmemberswithin a PDSbased on thecontent of themember.

member. One partition of a partitioned dataset.


MEMBER . Parameterthat selects a specifiedmemberwithin a PDS.

member list. Alphabeticallist of relatedfiles groupedunder one name, as in aPDS.

MEMBERS . Parameterthat selectsgroups ofmembers from a PDSusing amask.

MOVE . Parameterthat builds anoutput record bymoving data to it.

Multiple Virtual Storage(MVS) . An operatingsystem for IBMmainframe computers.

MVS . Multiple Virtual Storage.

NEWMEM . Parameterthat namessinglememberon an outputPDS.

NEWMEMS . Parameterthat namesmultiplemembers of outputPDS.

numeric. Data notationsystemthat is comprised ofthe digits 0thru 9 and aplus ( + ) or minus (-)sign.

numeric data. File-AID considers afield numeric ifeachbyte of thefield is in zoneddecimal format (F0- F9). Thelast byte can be signed positive (C0 - C9),negative(D0-D9), or unsigned (F0 -F9).

operating system(OS). Softwarethat controls theexecution of tasks. It may provide resourceallo-cation andscheduling.

operator element. Parameter componentthat is usedto perform conditionaltests ondata.

ORIF . Parameterthat createslogical OR conditionwhen usedwith preceding IFparameter.

OS. Operatingsystem.

output file . File created by a job.

OUT . Parameterthat controlsmaximumrecordswritten to anoutput dataset.

packed data. String of one to eight byteswhereeachbyte except the lastcontains two numericdigits (0-9).The last bytecontains one numericdigit and a signindicator of A,C, E or F(positive), or B or D(nega-tive). COBOL andFile-AID require thesign indi-cator to be C(positive), D (negative), or F (positiveor unsigned).

packed decimal. See packed data.

PADCHAR . Parameterthat specifies afill valuewhen a record islengthened.

parameter. Code word thatcontrols or limits proc-essing of afunction.

partitioned dataset (PDS). Datasetwhich is dividedinto partitions (members).Each member cancontaindata. Partitioned datasets canexist only on DASDfiles.

password. Uniquestring of characters that aprogram, computer operator, oruser mustsupply tomeetsecurityrequirements beforegaining access todata.

PDS. Partitioned dataset.

PDSSTAT. Parameterthat maintains PDSmemberstatisticswhen updating partitioned datasets.

physical JCL record. Single JCLdisplay-line on thescreen, with amaximumlength of 80 bytescon-taining one orless JCLstatements.

primary key . Portion of thefirst block of eachrecord in anindexed datasetthat can be used tofindthe record in the dataset.

PRINT . Function or parameterthat prints alphanu-meric data andlabelseach recordwith its recordnumber and recordlength.

program function (PF) key. Keyboardkeys that arenumberedfrom PF1 toPF12(PF24 onsomekey-boards) and can be programmed by theuser toperform functionssuch asscrolling.

QSAM . QueuedSequential AccessMethod.

qualified name. Method ofgrouping datasets thatconsists of multiplenames,eight characters orless,each ofwhich is separated by a period (.).

Queued SequentialAccess Method (QSAM) . Fileaccessmethod inwhich theinput and/or outputdatablocks are placed into a queue. The use of aqueuedecreasesinput/outputtime.

RBA. Parameterthat begins processing at a relativebyte/block address.

RDW . Parameterthat controls theinclusion orexclusion of aRecordDescriptorWord.

record. Collection of relateddata orwords treatedas a unit.

record description. The total set ofdatadescriptionentries associatedwith a particular logical record.

Record Descriptor Word (RDW). Four-bytefield thatspecifies therecordlength. It is thefirst four bytes ina variablelength record.

record key. Field within the first block of eachrecord in anindexed datasetthat is used instoringand retrievingrecords in the dataset.

record layout. Arrangement andstructure ofdata orwords in a record,including theorder andsize of thecomponents of the record in the dataset.

record size. Lengthspecification of a logicalrecordin bytes for fixed- orvariable-lengthrecords.

record zero. Capacity record thatdescribes theamount ofspace used on a track.

G-5

REFORMAT . Function that isusedwith aFile-AID reformat definition to reformatdata as it iscopied.

REFOUT . Parameterthat specifieswhich records tocopy whenexecuting areformatdefinition.

relative addressingformat . Relative addressing in theform TTR where: TT is a two-bytebinary numberthat specifies thenumber of the trackrelative to thefirst track allocated for the dataset;R is a one-bytebinary numberthat specifies thenumber ofblocksrelative to thefirst datablock on the track.

relative byte address (RBA). Displacement of arecord from thebeginning of the storagespace orcontrol interval of thefile to which therecordbelongs. The RBA of aVSAM record canchangebecause of Control Interval or ControlArea splits.

relative location address (RLA). Signednumberthatspecifies thelocation in arecord towhich processingis to move in relation to the currentposition.

Relative Record Dataset (RRDS). VSAM datasetwhoserecordlocations arespecified by anumberthat represents arecord'slocation in the datasetrela-tive to thebeginning of thedataset.

REPL. Parameterthat replaces asingleoccurrenceof data in arecordwith other specifieddata.

REPLALL . Parameterthat replaces multipleoccur-rences ofdata in arecordwith other specifieddata.

RLA . Relative locationaddress.

RLM . Parameterthat controls the replacement ofidentically-namedmembers during acopy.

RLPRINT . Function thatprints a COBOL or PL/Irecordlayout displaying thefield level, field name,format, field number,start location, end location, andfield length.

Parameterthat prints the associatedrecordlayoutswhen printingXREFs using theXRPRINT function.

RRDS. Relativerecord dataset.

RRN. Parameterthat specifies therelative recordnumber for VSAMRRDS andBDAM.

SCPRINT. Function thatprints the dataset con-taining selection criteriacreated from File-AIDonlinefunctions.

SELECT. Parameterthat is used toselect a givenoccurrence of a record forprocessing.

sequential (SEQ) dataset. Datasetwhose records areorganized in ascending or descending sequence. Thesequence isbasedupon partial or completefield(s)occurring in thesamelocation inevery record in thefile.

sequenceerror . Error detectedwhenever the key ofone record islower than the key of the precedingrecord.

SHOW. Parameterthat specifies thetype of infor-mation given with FPRINT output.

SPACE. Function thatmoves currentrecord pointerforward or backward for aspecifiedamount.

special character. Graphiccharacter in a characterset that isneither aletter, digit, norspace character.

STOP. Parameterthat halts processing of a functionwhen the entered criteria hasbeen met.

SYNADF. Macroinstruction in Assembler languageused in an error-analysis routine to analyzeperma-nent inputand/oroutput errors.

SYSIN. A systeminput stream; also, thenameusedas the datadefinition name of adataset in the inputstream.

TALLY . Function that reads adataset and accumu-latesfields specified byACCUM parameters.

temporary dataset. Dataset that iscreated anddeleted insamejob.

test under mask. Method ofchecking selected bits ina byte bycomparing thewhole byte toanotherbyte.The selected bits are set to 1 and all theother bits areset to 0. If any of the selected bits are set to 1, astatusflag is set.

Time Sharing Option (TSO). Optional IBM oper-ating system featurethat allows conversationaltimesharing from remotestations.

TSO. Time Sharing Option.

TTR . Relative addressingformat.

TYPE. Parameterthat specifies thetype of conver-sion to invoke. Valid onlywith the CONVERT func-tion.

UNIT . Input/outputdevice type specification; forexample: a 3380 disk, 3420tape, 3820 printer,etc.

Parameterthat specifiesgeneric unitnames for theVTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, andVTOCMAP func-tions.

UPDATE . Function that updatesaltered records inplace asspecified by anaction parameter.

USER. Function thatcreates new records anddata-sets and allowsgreater control over thewriting ofoutput records anddatasets.

variable length record. Recordhaving a length inde-pendent of thelength ofother recordswith which it islogically or physicallyassociated.

virtual storage. Notion of storage space that may beregarded as addressablemain storage by the user ofa computersystem in which virtualaddresses aremappedinto real addresses.

Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) . File accessmethodwith which therecords in aDASD file can


be accessed in key sequence (KSDS), entry sequence(ESDS), orrelative recordsequence(RRDS).

VOLSER. Parameterthat specifiesvolume serialnumbers for the VTOCDSN,VTOCINFO, andVTOCMAP functions.

VOLSTAT . Parameterthat specifies thevolumestatus for theVTOCDSN, VTOCINFO, andVTOCMAP functions.

volume. Certain portion ofdata,togetherwith itsdatacarrier, that can be handledconveniently as aunit.

volume serial (VOLSER). Number in avolume labelthat isassignedwhen a volume isprepared for use inthe system.

Volume Table of Contents(VTOC) . Table (direc-tory) on a direct access volumethat describeseachdataset on the volume.

VSAM . Virtual StorageAccessMethod.

VTOC . Volume Table ofContents.

VTOCDSN. Function thatdisplays VTOCsummaryinformation and datasetnames in alphabet-ical sequence. This function is equivalent toFile-AID's online VTOCutility (3.7) option BLANK.

VTOCINFO . Function thatdisplaysvolume infor-mation. Thisfunction is equivalent to File-AID'sonline VTOC utility (3.7) option I.

VTOCMAP . Function thatdisplaysvolume infor-mation anddatasets in address locationsequence.This function is equivalent to File-AID's onlineVTOC utility (3.7) option M.

WRITE . Parameterthat writes newlycreatedrecords when usedwith USER function.

XRPRINT . Function thatprints therecordlayoutcross reference(XREF) dataset.

I-1

Index

Aabbreviations,data format B-1ABEND (AB) parameter 4-4accessmethodrules 2-9

BDAM rules 2-10BPAM rules 2-11ISAM rules 2-9QSAM rules 2-9VSAM rules 2-11

accessing theproduct 1-4function and modifier descriptions 1-4parameterdescriptions 1-6

ACCUM (A) parameter 4-4accumulatingvalues, capabilities for 1-9accumulation comment cards 3-9Acrobat online documentation for File-AID ixaction groups 5-1actual location 2-4ALL (A) function modifier 3-14AND conditions, coding of 5-2AND parameter 4-7ANYNAME statement 2-16APRINT (AP) function 3-3ATTN key 6-4

BBACK (B) function modifier 3-14batchchanges for release 8.0 1-1batch ddnames,when upgrading 1-3

accessing theproduct 1-4function and modifier descriptions 1-4parameterdescriptions 1-6

BDAM access rules 2-10binary data 2-8binary exclusive OR 4-43binary minus 4-43blocked input datasets2-12BookManagersoftcopydocumentation for

File-AID ixBPAM access rules 2-11

CCA-Librarian datasets 2-12CA-Panvalet datasets2-12calling File-AID/Batch as a subroutine 6-5capabilities

Seefeatures,productcapabilitiesCEM parameter 4-7CHANGED (CHA) parameter 4-7changingdata,capabilities for 1-9

changingJCL, capabilities for 1-9characterdata 2-6CHARSET (CHAR) parameter 4-8CLIST execution 6-3CLIST to executeFile-AID in TSO 6-1COBOL dataformat abbreviations B-1coding conventions 2-1coding logical AND conditions 5-2coding logical OR conditions 5-2comment cards, accumulation 3-9comments 2-9

dataset requirements 2-9accessmethodrules 2-9input dataset requirements2-12load modulecopying rules 2-11output dataset requirements2-13

COMPARE function 3-3continuing controlcards 2-1continuing processing 6-4control card errorcodes 8-1control cards 2-2

comments 2-9datasetidentifier 2-2function/dataset organizationidentifier 2-2parameteridentifier 2-4

control cards, continuationline 2-1conventions

SeeproductconventionsCONVERT function 3-3COPY (C) function 3-4

example ofCOPYMEM A-9examples ofCOPY A-2, A-4, A-6, A-7, A-8,

A-10examples ofCOPYALL A-3, A-5, A-7, A-11,

A-12copy rules,load modules 2-11

input dataset requirements2-12blocked and unblocked 2-12CA-Librarian 2-12CA-Panvalet 2-12tape 2-12unit affinity statement 2-12variable-blocked-spanned2-12variable-lengthrecord 2-12

copying data,capabilities for 1-8CREATED (CRE) parameter 4-9creating extractfiles, capabilities for 1-10customer support website ix

Ddataelement 2-6

binary data 2-8characterdata 2-6

File-AID Batch Reference ManualI-2

dataelement(continued)duplication factor 2-8hexadecimaldata 2-7length 2-6packeddata 2-7text data 2-7

data format abbreviations B-1data length 2-6data-type codes 2-6datasetidentifier 2-2dataset requirements 2-9

accessmethodrules 2-9BDAM rules 2-10BPAM rules 2-11ISAM rules 2-9QSAM rules 2-9VSAM rules 2-11

input dataset requirements2-12load modulecopying rules 2-11output dataset requirements2-13

dataset requirements, input2-12blocked and unblocked 2-12CA-Librarian 2-12CA-Panvalet 2-12tape 2-12unit affinity statement 2-12variable-blocked-spanned2-12variable-lengthrecord 2-12

dataset requirements,output 2-13DCB attributes,SYSPRINT,SYSLIST,

SYSTOTAL 2-14, 6-2deletingdata,capabilities for 1-8differences inrelease 8.0 1-1DROP (DR) function 3-5

examples of A-6DROP (DR) parameter 4-10DSNAME (DSN) parameter 4-10DUMP (D) function 3-5

examples of A-2DUMP (D) parameter 4-11duplication factor 2-8

EEDIT (E) parameter 4-11EDITALL (EA) parameter 4-16editing data,capabilities for 1-9environment,system viierror codes

Seemessage codesERRS (ERR) parameter 4-17examples A-1—A-13

COPY function A-2, A-4, A-6, A-7, A-8, A-10COPYALL function A-3, A-5, A-7, A-11, A-12COPYMEM function A-9DROP function A-6DUMP function A-2FPRINT function A-12LIST function A-7, A-11LISTALL function A-11

examples(continued)PRINT function A-2, A-9SPACEfunction A-4, A-10TALLY function A-5UPDATE function A-11USER function A-3, A-4, A-9, A-12, A-13

executing in TSO 6-2executing with aCLIST 6-1executionmethods and parameters 6-1—6-6

continuing processing 6-4control card input 6-3executing in TSO 6-2executionmethods 6-1stopping processing 6-4TSO interactive execution 6-2TSO screenformat 6-3

executionproceduresSeeexecutionmethods and parameters

extractfile creation,capabilities for 1-10

FFABATCH CLIST 6-1features

See alsoproduct featuresproductcapabilities 1-8

accumulatingvalues 1-9changingdata 1-9changing JCL 1-9copying data 1-8creating extractfiles 1-10deletingdata 1-8insertingrecords 1-10printing data 1-8reformattingdata 1-9

FEOV (FE) parameter 4-18FORM (F) parameter 4-18

audit trail print format control 4-21COMPARE processingcontrol 4-21JCL format control 4-19passprocessingcontrol 4-21printing format control 4-20

FORMAT abbreviations forFPRINT B-1FPRINT (FP) function 3-6

example of A-12FPRINT (FP) parameter 4-22FrontLine support website ixfunction and modifier descriptions 1-4function modifiers 3-13

ALL (A) 3-14BACK (B) 3-14MEM (M) 3-15

function/dataset organizationidentifier 2-2parameteridentifier 2-4

dataelement 2-6length element 2-6location element 2-4operatorelement 2-5scanningparameters 2-8

functions 3-2

Index I-3

functions(continued)APRINT (AP) 3-3COMPARE 3-3CONVERT 3-3COPY (C) 3-4DROP (DR) 3-5DUMP (D) 3-5FPRINT (FP) 3-6LIST (L) 3-6PRINT (P) 3-7REFORMAT (R) 3-7RLPRINT (RLP) 3-8SCPRINT (SCP) 3-8SPACE (S) 3-8TALLY (T) 3-9UPDATE (UP) 3-9USER (US) 3-10VTOCDSN (VTD) 3-12VTOCINFO (VTI) 3-12VTOCMAP (VTM) 3-13XRPRINT (XRP) 3-13

functions and modifiers 3-1—3-15function modifiers 3-13functions 3-2

Ggeneral features ofFile-AID/Batch 1-10getting help xgroupingparameters 5-1

Hhexadecimaldata 2-7

IIF logic 5-1IF parameter 4-23

recordselection bydatacontent 4-23recordselection by validnumeric or packed

data 4-24IN (I) parameter 4-25input dataset requirements2-12

blocked and unblocked 2-12CA-Librarian 2-12CA-Panvalet 2-12tape 2-12unit affinity statement 2-12variable-blocked-spanned2-12variable-lengthrecord 2-12

insertingrecords,capabilities for 1-10interactive execution 6-2

continuing processing 6-4control card input 6-3stopping processing 6-4TSO screenformat 6-3

Internet,Compuware WWWaddress ixintroduction vii, x

getting help x

introduction(continued)notationrules viiirelated publications viiisystemenvironment viitechnicalsupport xwhat is in this manual vii

IOEXIT parameter 4-26ISAM access rules 2-9

JJCL format control 4-19JCL modification, capabilities for 1-9JCL required for execution 2-13

KKEY (K) parameter 4-27

key print control 4-27key record control 4-27

LLAYOUT parameter 4-28length element 2-6

dataelementbinary data 2-8characterdata 2-6duplication factor 2-8hexadecimaldata 2-7length 2-6packeddata 2-7text data 2-7

Librarian input datasets 2-12limiting parameters 5-1LIST (L) function 3-6

examples of A-7, A-11LIST (L) parameter 4-28load modulecopying rules 2-11location element 2-4

actual location 2-4relative location 2-4

logic rules 5-1logical AND conditions, coding of 5-2logical OR conditions, coding of 5-2LPI parameter 4-29

MMAP parameter 4-29MAXENT (ME) parameter 4-30MAXOUT (MO) parameter 4-30MBRNAME (MBR) parameter 4-31MEM (M) function modifier 3-15MEMBER (M) parameter 4-32memberselection bycontent 5-3memberselection byISPF stats 5-4memberselection byname 5-3memberselection logic

Seerecord and memberselection logic


MEMBERS (MS) parameter 4-32message codes 8-1—8-4

control card errorcodes 8-1modifiers

Seefunction modifiersmodifying data,capabilities for 1-9modifying JCL, capabilities for 1-9MOVE (MV) parameter 4-33

control card data 4-35input recorddata 4-34

moving records,capabilities for 1-10

Nnew page, suppressing for PDSmembers 2-11,

2-14, 6-2NEWMEM (NM) parameter 4-36NEWMEMS (NMS) parameter 4-36notationrules viiinumeric accumulation, example of3-4, A-2numeric accumulation, usagerules 4-5numeric accumulations 1-9numeric accumulations,ACCUM syntax 4-4numericconversion,EDIT example 4-14numericdata 4-25numericdatavalidation, IF example 4-25numericdatavalidation, IF syntax 4-24

Oonline documentation for File-AID ixoperatorelement 2-5

packed data, recordselection 4-24valid numericdata, recordselection 4-24

O P T = parameter 6-5OR conditions, coding of 5-2ORIF (OR) parameter 4-37OUT (O) parameter 4-38output dataset requirements2-13output reports 7-1—7-24

SYSLIST output 7-10SYSPRINToutput 7-1SYSTOTAL output 7-22

overviewSeeproductoverview

Ppackeddata 2-7, 4-25

exampleEDIT parameterusage 4-14, 4-15packeddataelement 2-7recordselection by valid or invalidpacked

data 4-24using asnew-datawith EDIT parameter 4-12

packed data, recordselection 4-24page breaks 2-11, 2-14, 6-2, A-9Panvalet input datasets2-12parameterdescriptions 1-6

product features 1-8general features 1-10productcapabilities 1-8

parametergroups 3-14, 5-1parameteridentifier 2-4

dataelement 2-6length element 2-6location element 2-4

actual location 2-4relative location 2-4

operator element 2-5scanningparameters 2-8

parameters 4-1—4-53ABEND (AB) 4-4ACCUM (A) 4-4AND 4-7CEM 4-7CHANGED (CHA) 4-7CHARSET (CHAR) 4-8CREATED (CRE) 4-9DROP (DR) 4-10DSNAME (DSN) 4-10DUMP (D) 4-11EDIT (E) 4-11EDITALL (EA) 4-16ERRS (ERR) 4-17FEOV (FE) 4-18FORM (F) 4-18FPRINT (FP) 4-22IF 4-23IN (I) 4-25IOEXIT 4-26KEY (K) 4-27LAYOUT 4-28LIST (L) 4-28LPI 4-29MAP 4-29MAXENT (ME) 4-30MAXOUT (MO) 4-30MBRNAME (MBR) 4-31MEMBER (M) 4-32MEMBERS (MS) 4-32MOVE (MV) 4-33NEWMEM (NM) 4-36NEWMEMS (NMS) 4-36ORIF (OR) 4-37OUT (O) 4-38PDSSTAT(MPS) 4-39PRINT (P) 4-39RBA 4-40RDW 4-40REFOUT (RFO) 4-41REPL (R) 4-41REPLALL (RA) 4-45RLM 4-46RLPRINT (RLP) 4-46RRN 4-47SELECT (S) 4-47SHOW (SH) 4-48STOP(ST) 4-48TYPE (TYP) 4-49UNIT 4-50USERID (USR) 4-50VOLSER (VOL) 4-51

Index I-5

parameters(continued)VOLSTAT (VST) 4-52WRITE (W) 4-52

PARM OPT 6-5PARM PRINT 6-5PARM SYSIN 6-5P A R M = T S O 2-11, 2-14, 6-2PDS memberprinting, page breaks 2-11, 2-14, 6-2PDS/Esupport,restrictions 4-32PDSSTAT(MPS) parameter 4-39PL/I data format abbreviations B-1PRINT (P) function 3-7

examples of A-2, A-9PRINT (P) parameter 4-39P R I N T = PARM 6-5printing data,capabilities for 1-8printing to a sequentialfile 2-14, 6-2problemreporting xproductconventions 2-1—2-16

coding conventions 2-1control cards 2-2dataset requirements 2-9JCL required for execution 2-13

product features 1-8general features 1-10productcapabilities 1-8

productoverview 1-1—1-11accessing theproduct 1-4product features 1-8

publications, related viii

QQSAM access rules 2-9questions,File-AID/MVS frequentlyasked ix

RRBA parameter 4-40RDW parameter 4-40record and memberselection logic 5-1—5-4

coding logical AND conditions 5-2coding logical OR conditions 5-2parameterprocessinglogic 5-1selectingmembers bycontent 5-3selectingmembers byname 5-3selectingmembers bystats 5-4

recordselection logicSeerecord and memberselection logic

records, beyond 32 K 1-10REFORMAT (R) function 3-7reformattingdata,capabilities for 1-9REFOUT (RFO) parameter 4-41relative location 2-4REPL (R) parameter 4-41

replace at alternate location by condition4-44replace by condition 4-44replace by location 4-43

replacingdata,capabilities for 1-9REPLALL (RA) parameter 4-45

reservewords 2-16return codes 8-2reversing processing directionexamples 3-15RLM parameter 4-46RLPRINT (RLP) function 3-8RLPRINT (RLP) parameter 4-46RRN parameter 4-47

Sscanningparameters 2-8SCPRINT (SCP) function 3-8screen overflow(***) 6-2SELECT (S)parameter 4-47selectingmembers bycontent 5-3selectingmembers byISPF stats 5-4selectingmembers byname 5-3selectiongroups 5-1selection processing 5-1sets ofactions 5-1SHOW (SH) parameter 4-48softcopyFile-AID documentationSPACE (S)function 3-8

examples of A-4, A-10STOP(ST) parameter 4-48stopping processing 6-4subroutine,File-AID called as 6-5SYSIN statement 2-16SYSIN= PARM 6-5SYSLIST output 7-10

changed/truncated record outputtags 7-20disk datasetaccess 7-11DUMP request 7-12FPRINT request 7-16heading 7-11LIST request 7-15output recordprint 7-14PRINT request 7-13sequentialdataset records 7-21tape datasetblocks 7-21VSAM datasetretrieval 7-20

SYSPRINToutput 7-1accumulations 7-6actionstaken map 7-3alternate date 7-7block counterror log 7-8closing message/record count 7-7comments 7-3control card error log 7-10datacheck 7-8datasetprocessingreports 7-6DCB abendlogs 7-9function statistics 7-4heading 7-1input PDSerror log 7-8invalid packedfield error 7-10open errorlogs 7-9opening messages 7-2output PDS error log 7-8record count 7-7


SYSPRINToutput (continued)VSAM warning 7-9

SYSPRINT,SYSLIST, SYSTOTAL DCBattributes 2-14, 6-2

systemenvironment viiSYSTOTAL output 7-22

accumulations 7-22comments 7-22data type example 7-23heading 7-22Negativeaccumulation example 7-24

TTALLY (T) function 3-9

examples of A-5tape input datasets2-12technicalsupport xtext data 2-7TSO continuation *** 6-2TSO execution 6-2TSO parameter 6-2TSO PARM 2-11, 2-14TSO screenformat 6-3TYPE (TYP) parameter 4-49

Uunblocked input datasets2-12unit affinity statement 2-12UNIT parameter 4-50UPDATE (UP) function 3-9

examples of A-11USER (US) function 3-10

examples of A-3, A-4, A-9USERID (USR) parameter 4-50

Vvalid numericdata, recordselection 4-24variable-blocked-spanned input datasets2-12variable-lengthrecord inputdatasets 2-12VOLSER (VOL) parameter 4-51VOLSTAT (VST) parameter 4-52VSAM access rules 2-11VTOCDSN (VTD) function 3-12VTOCINFO (VTI) function 3-12VTOCMAP (VTM) function 3-13

Wwebsite,File-AID/MVS frequentlyasked

questions ixwhat is in this manual viiWorld Wide Web,Compuwareaddress ixWRITE (W) parameter 4-52

XXRPRINT (XRP) function 3-13

function modifiersALL (A) 3-14BACK (B) 3-14MEM (M) 3-15

R-1

Tell Us What You Think

Compuwareneeds your feedback tohelp us meet ourcommitment toquality software anddocumentation.Please answer thefollowing questions andreturn this form to:

Compuware CorporationT&I Lab Quality AssuranceManager

P.O. Box 9080FarmingtonHills, MI 48333-9080

Fax: 1-248-737-7564

Outside the USA andCanada,pleasecontact yourlocal Compuwareoffice or agent toreturn this form.

Tell Us About the File-AID Batch Reference Manual

Tell Us About the File-AID Documentation Set

Tell Us About File-AID

If you answered No to any question,please provide anexplanation or yoursuggestions at the end of thisform.You can also send usyour suggestions andcomments byaccessing theContact Us page atCompuware'stech-nical supportsite: http://frontline.compuware.com/help/contact.asp.

Please Tell Us About Yourself

1. Z Yes Z No Is this document easy to read and understand?2. Z Yes Z No Is the organization clear and helpful?3. Z Yes Z No Is the technical content accurate and complete?

4. Z Yes Z No Do File-AID's documentation and online help displays contain allof the information you need?

5. Z Hardcopy Z Online What type of File-AID documentation do you use?

6. Z Yes Z No Does the product work as documented?7. Z Yes Z No Does the software contain all of the functions you need?

Name:

Company:

Telephone:

OperatingSystem & Release:

Address:

CWFARB8C MVS

File-AID Batch Reference ManualR-2

Fileaid Batch Reference

Documents

Transcript of Fileaid Batch Reference